This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project
to make the world's books discoverable online.
It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.
Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.
Usage guidelines
Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:
+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.
+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.
+ Maintain attribution The Google "watermark" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.
+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe.
About Google Book Search
Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web
at |http : //books . google . com/
fctu^ t ^ l^. O /, l^i^S"
l^arbarti CoUese l^ibrars
THE GIFT OF
GINN AND COMPANY
DECEMBER 26, 1923
3 2044 097 078 141
I /
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
BY
MARY HAMER
TAUNTON HIGH SCHOOL
EDITED UNDER THE SUPERVISION OP
JOHN T. BUCHANAN
PRINCIPAL OF THE BOYS' HIGH SCHOOL. NEW YORK
oJ»Co
NEW YORK.:. CINCINNATI.:. CHICAGO
AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY
HMtVARD COLLWl LIW^»^
6fcFT Of
•mR MIO CO«P^«T
nc. «•• ^*^
Copyright, xgox, by
AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY.
Kntbred at Stationbrs* Hall, London.
basy steps in latin.
w. P. 3
INTRODUCTION
The increased demands upon the time of pupils preparing for
college have for a long time pointed to the need of a book for
beginners in Latin, with a reduction in the amount of daily work
required and a corresponding increase in the thoroughness of the
memory work.
This need has been still further emphasized by the introduction
of Latin into grammar schools, a practice that has already found
favor in many cities, the great drawback to its universal adoption
being the unwillingness of grammar school teachers to attempt
new work without clear and simple outlines, and equal unwilling-
ness on the part of high school teachers to undertake further work
with pupils, some well, others ill prepared.
To meet these conditions, if possible, this book has been
planned, not attempting to give all that is valuable, but furnishing
enough to give pupils a comfortable introduction to the language^
emphasizing its relation to English and the learning of paradigms
rather than the reading of many sentences.
These lessons, accordingly, are very short, most of them being
adapted to an hour of preparation and half an hour of recitation,
with the understanding that the memoriter recitations shall be
absolutely accurate and rapid, an indispensable condition for
future work.
In order to accustom the pupil at an early age to consult thf
general vocabulary, words used in the Latin as well as in the
3
4 INTRODUCTION
English sentences have occasionally been omitted from the spe-
cial vocabularies. This helps to prepare the pupil for Gradatim,
Viri Romae, or Eutropius, any of which may follow or accompany
the later lessons of this book.
Further suggestions will be found in the lessons themselves,
and while not new to teachers of experience, will possibly be
welcome to others, for whom, as well as for their pupils, this book
is now published.
MARY HAMER.
Note. — "With verbs, light-faced figures inclosed in parentheses denote the
conjugations. In other positions such numbers refer to the Rules of Syntax on
pages 14^153. Heavy-faced figures refer to sections of this book.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
LBSSON
FACE
LESSON
PAGE
t. Vowels and diphthongs.
30.
Anecdote III
• 36
Syllables. Accent .
\
31.
Verbs. Principal parts
: li
2. Consonants
32.
Sum — conj ugation .
3. Parts of speech. Present
33-
Uses of the subjunctive
39
tense of amo .
9
34.
Verbs. Subjunctive mood
. 40
4. Rules of accent .
10
35-
Indirect discourse
. 41
5. First declension — singular.
36.
Anecdote IV .
. 42
Cases. Rule of agreement
II
%
Fourth declension
. 43
6. Simple sentences \
12
Fifth declension
. 44
7. First declension — plural .
8. Sum — present indicative .
13
39.
Roman History. Transla
H
tion I . . .
• 45
9. Sum — imperfect and future
15
40.
Adjectives. Third declen
10. Review. Declension of
sion
. 46
noun and adjective .
16
41.
Adjectives. Regular com
II. Second declension. Nouns
parison .
• 47
VCkUS
»7
42.
Adjectives. Irregular com
12. Second declension. Nouns
parison .
; 48
in um ....
18
43-
Roman History. Transla-
13. Second declension. Nouns
tion II .
. 49
in er and ir ,
19
44-
Cardinal numbers. Declen
14. Oral exercise
20
sions
• 50
15. Adjectives. Declension of
45-
Ordinal numbers. Sight
bonus ....
21
• translation
• 51
16. Adjectives. Oral exercise .
22
46.
Verbs. Passive voice. In-
17. Locative case .
18. Verbs. Present indicative .
23
dicative mood .
• 52
24
47-
Verbs. Passive voice. In-
19. Verbs. Imperfect indica-
dicative mood. Voluntar)
tive
25
agent
• 54
20. Verbs. Future indicative .
26
48.
Verbs. Passive voice. Sub-
21. Parts of speech. Parftcles
22. Third declension. Vowel
27
junctive mood. Sequence
of tenses .
• 55
stems ....
28
49.
Verbs. Active voice. Im-
23. Third declension. Conso-
peratives, infinitives, etc
56
nant stems
29
50.
Roman names .
58
24. Third declension. Rules of
51-
English lesson in deriva-
gender ....
30
tives, I . . .
59
25. Verbs. Perfect, pluperfect,
52.
Verbs. Passive voice. Im-
future perfect .
31
peratives, infinitives, etc
26. Anecdote I . . .
32
Sight translation
60
27. Personal pronouns
33
53-
Adverbs, formed and com-
28. Anecdote II . . .
34
pared
61
29. Is and Idem
35
54.
Ablative absolute
62
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
LBSSON
55. English lesson in deriva-
tives, II .
56. Irregular verbs. Principal
parts
57. Irregular verbs. Conjuga-
tion
58. Irregular verbs. Conjuga-
tion continued
59. English lesson in deriva-
tives, III
60. Declension of aiius. Syno-
nyms
61 . Declension of special nouns,
.Roman History, III
62. English lesson in deriva-
tives, IV.
63. Periphrastic conjugation.
Active .
64. Periphrastic conjugation.
Passive .
65. Demonstrative pronoims
66. Relative and interrogative
pronouns
67. Subjunctive mood. Cum
clauses .
68. Uses of the genitive .
69. Uses of the dative
70. Horatius. English recita-
tion. Macaulay
Horatius. Roman History,
IV .
The accusative case .
The ablative case
74. Virginia. English recita-
tion. Macamay
75. Virginia. Roman History, V
76. Alfred and the Cakes. Sen-
tences
77. Alfred and the Cakes, con^,
78. The Broken Dike
79. The Broken Dike, continued
00. A Wonderful Dream .
81. A Wonderful Dream, cont.
82. A Wonderful Dream, coni,
83. King Canute
84. King Canute, continued
85. Familiar phrases
86. The Bishop of Bingen
71
72.
73.
63
63
64
67
69-
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
'^
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
ii
89
90
92
93
94
96
97
LESSON PAGB
87. The Bishop of Bingen, cont.
Time before and after . 98
88. The Bishop of Bingen, f^/. 99
89. The Bishop of Bingen, f^ff/. 100
90. Conditional sentences . loi
91. King Midas . . .102
92. King Midas, continued . 103
93. Coriolanus. Double con-
struction with dono^ etc. 105
94. Coriolanus, continued . 106
95. Coriolanus, continued . 106
96. Marius. Synonyms and
derivatives . . .108
97. Julius Caesar. Extract
from Courtship of Miles
Standish . . . 109
98. Julius^^aesar . . .110
99. Julius Caesar, continued . 1 1 1
100. Julius Caesar, continued . 112
loi. IxiXiv&QAesax^ continued . 113
102. Reckoning of time. Names
of months . . .114
103. Julius Caesar, continued . 115
104. Cicero. Similis\i\\}^^en\'
tive or dative . .117
105. CieexOt continued. Defini-
tions . • . .118
106. Cicero, continued. Famil-
iar phrases . . • 1 19
107. Augustus. Synonyms.
Derivatives . . .121
108. Augustus and the Birds.
Roman money . .122
109. Augustus and the Birds,
continued . . .123
no. Eutropius. Sight transla-
tion. Eight ways of ex-
pressing purpose . .124
111. Latin composition. Se-
quence of tenses . «125
112. Latin idioms . . .125
113. Idiomatic uses of ^jj^ . 127
Appendix . . . .129
Rules of Syntax . . .149
Latin-English Vocabulary . 155
English-Latin Vocabulary . 174
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
LESSON 1
I.
VOWEL SOUNDS
5,
as in father. &,
as initial a
in a^i,
s,
like a in made, 8,
as in met.
I,
as in machine, I,
" /«.
//
5,
" holy, 6,
" form.
/^
5,
like 00 in moon, tt,
" /1^/.
2.
DIPHTHONGS
ae,
like ai in a/>/<f. ei,
as in rein.
an,
" ou in ^»/. ul,
like tt/^.
oe,
" oi in ^^i7. eu,
as va feud.
3. SYLLABLES AND ACCENT
A Latin word has as many syllables as it has vowels and diph-
thongs. In dividing words into syllables, write as many con-
sonants with the following vowels as can be easily pronounced.
Words of two syllables are always accented on the first : a'-mo,
a '-mas, a'-mat. (The printed accent shows only the accented
vowel; it does not indicate the division into syllables.)
4. EXERCISE
Pronounce carefully each of the following, giving the meaning : —
star, }l'-^
earthJ'^1
ditch J '
tabled
trumpet,
cause.
Note. — Latin has no article; thus Stella means star^ a star, or the star.
Spell and define : —
constellation subterranean fossil Mediterranean
I.
Stella,
ste'Uae,
ste'Uam,
Stella,
2.
Te-rra,
te'rrae.
te'rram,
te'rra,
3-
Fo'ssa,
fo'ssae.
fo'ssam.
fo'ssa.
4.
Me'nsa,
me'nsae,
me'nsam.
me'nsa,
5-
Td'ba,
tu'bae.
tu'bam.
tu^ba,*
6.
Cau'sa,
cau'sae,
cau'sam,
cau'sa.
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
LESSON 2
5. CONSONANT SOUNDS
o and g are always hard, as in come^ get.
8 is always soft, as in sea^ lips; bs, consequently, is like ps,
oh is like k; ph, like// v, like w; qu, as in English.
i consonant is like y in yet
6.
EXERCISE
Pronounce carefully, giving the English meaning (which is
always to be learned): —
1. Ro'sa, ro'sae, ro'sam, ro'sa, a rose.
2. Fu'ga, fu'gae, fu'gam, fu'ga, flight.
3. A'qua, a'quae, a'quam, a'qua, water.
^. Si'lva, si'lvae, si'lvam, silva, a forest.
^. Po'rta, po'rtae, po'rtam, po'rta, agate.
6* Nau'ta, nau'tae, nau'tam,
nau'ta, a sailor.
TUBA
Spell and define ; —
roseate aqueous sylvan
portal nautical aquarium
Repeat from memory each line of the exercise.
Pennsylvania
aqueduct
Note. — The Latin alphabet has no j or w. Otherwise it is the same as
the English. — i may be either a vowel or a consonant.
p, b, t, d, c, k, g, q, are called mutes; 1, m, n, r, liquids; 8, sibilant;
doable consonants are z (cb or gs), z (da)
EASY STEPS IN LATIN 9
LESSON 3
7. PARTS OF SPEECH
1. A noun is the name of a person, place, thing, or idea : —
Anna ; Roma, Rome; "via, way^ road; poena, punishment
2. A pronoun is a word that takes the place of a noun : —
is, he ; ea, she,
3. An adjective is a word that qualifies or limits a noun or pro-
noun . ^^^^ ^^^^ ^ white rose,
4. A verb is a word that asserts something : —
amo, I love ; canto, I sing.
In Latin verbs the termination is equivalent to a pronoun : —
Present Tense
Singular Plural
a'mo, / love, like ama'-mus, we love
a'mas, you love ama'-tia, you love
a'mat, he loves a'mant, they love
8. EXERCISE
Repeat the singular forms until perfectly learned ; the plurals ;
then the entire tense.
What termination is equivalent to the pronoun // he? you
(sing.)? they? we? you (plur.)? she?
Give the tense with the progressive form in English, / am
loving, etc.
Write the same tense of —
— oaJnto, I sing o^ro, I pray a!xOyIplow
do, I give Bto, I stand spe'cto, I look at
Give the progressive form in English.
Spell and define : —
canticle oration spectacle arable penalty
lO
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
LESSON 4
9. ACCENT
1. How are words of two syllables accented ?
2. Words of more than two syllables are accented on the next
to the last syllable, if it is long : a-ma'-mu8. This syllable is called
the penult.
Note. — A syllable is long when it contains a long vowel or diphthong, or
if its short vowel is followed by z or z, or any two consonants except a mute
(see 6, Note) followed by 1 or r.
3. If the penult is short, the accent falls on the syllable before
it (ante-penult): vic-to'ri-a, victory,
4. The s^Uablg -que, meaning and^ is often joined to a word,
in which caseShe accent always falls on the syllable before it :
mensa tuba'que,^»^ /flf^/f and a trumpet A partjfi lfi. added in
this way is called ahvcnclitic.
ID.
Pronounce : -
EXERCISE
Coro'na,
Regi'na,
Agri'cola,
Poe'ta,
Pecu'nia,
6. Fe'mina,
7. i'nsula,
-8. Pue'fia,
9. Pa'tria,
10. Ca'sa,
I.
2.
3-
4.
5-
coro'nae,
regi'nae,
agri'colae,
poe'tae,
pecu'niae,
fe'minae,
i'nsulae,
pue'llae,
pa'triae,
ca'sae.
coronam,
regi'nara,
agri'colam,
poe'tara,
pecii'niam,
fe'minam,
I'nsulam,
puellam,
pa'triara,
ca'sam,
coro'na, a crown or wreath,
regi'na, a queen,
agri'cola, a farmer,
poe'ta, a poet,
money,
a woman,
an island,
a girl,
fatherland,
a hut or cottage.
pecunia,
fe'mina,
I'nsula,
puella,
pa'tria,
ca'sa.
Spell and define : —
penult coronation
peninsula agriculture
feminine
pecuniary
particle
enclitic
EA^Y STEPS IN LATIN II
LESSON 5
11. THE FIRST DECLENSION, SINGULAR NUMBER
Nouns, adjectives, and pronouns are used in different forms,
called cases. Where the English language has only three cases,
the Latin has six, corresponding with the English as follows : —
English Latin
Nominative Nom'inative and Voc'ative
Possessive Gen'itive
Objective (with to ox for) Dative
" (direct object of a verb) Accu'sative
{with, by, from, in) Ablative
12. Repeat the names of the first three cases until they are
familiar, then add the others ; decline Stella, as follows, repeating
until it ceases to be an effort.
Note. — In all repetitions avoid accenting final syllablet. This error is
fatal to scholarship.
First Declension ^~^^^ /
Nom, ste'lla, a j/flfr ^,^, *' ■ i 4 -
Gen, Bte^UsLe, of a star ^( j ■ ; ^'V
Dat' ste'llae, to ox for a star ■ ^ ' . ■ ,. ^
Ace, Bte'Uam, a star * ' X V /
Voc, Stella, O star
AbL ste'lla, by^froniy in, a star
13. Decline in the same way : —
rosa Stella causa silva aqua terra porta
fossa tuba mensa via casa nauta fuga
Nouns of the first declension are feminine, except those mascu-
line from their meaning.
Rule I. — A verb agrees with its subject in person and number.
12 EASY STEPS IN LATIN
LESSON 6
14. SIMPLE SENTENCES
Repeat the rule for the agreement of verbs.
Give the English meaning of: —
1. Agricola terram arat.
2. Nauta aquam arat.
3. Poeta rosam amat.
4. Puella cantat.
5. Mensam spectamus.
In Latin sentences the verb is generally written last, and an
adjective frequently follows its noun.
15. Write in Latin : —
1. The queen looks at the rose.
2. The sailor loves the island.
3. The queen gives money to the poet.
4. The poet sings for the queen.
5. The farmer's daughter looks at the cottage.
16. From words already given, form four Latin sentences.
What case follows the preposition in? to? by? What case is
the object of a verb? ^*
Note. — For a few days, whenever you see a cottage repeat aloud the Latin
name, casa. Do the same with a rose, a way, a gate, a star, a table, a trumpet,
a ditch, water. Learn to connect the Latin name, not with the English name,
but with the thing itself.
EASY STEPS IN LATIN 1 3
LESSON 7
17. FIRST DECLENSION, PLURAL
Nom, Bte'Uae, stars
Gen. Btella'rum, of stars
Dat, Bte'Uis, to ox for stars
Ace. Btellas, stars
Voe, Bte'llae, O stars
Abl, Btellis^ ^y^f^om^ in, or with stars
18. Translate: —
1. Rosas amamus ; amant; amat; amatis; amas.
2. Poetae Stellas amant.
3. Poetae et nautae Stellas spectant.
4. Agricolae filiae rosas amant.
5. Reginae puellae rosas dant.
19. Write in Latin : —
1. The farmer's daughter likes roses.
2. Farmers plow the land.
3. Sailors plow the water.
4. Tfie girl gives a wreath of roses to the queen.
5. The farmer gives a dove to (his) daughter.
ao. VOCABULARY
oola'mbay a dove. in, prep, with ace, into.
cau'da, a tail. in, prep, with abl., in or on.
nlia, a daughter. et, conj., and.
ri'pa, a river bank. Bed, conj., but.
ad, prep, with ace, to, toward.
raia, daughter, has -abus in the dative and ablative plural, to
distinguish it from the same case of niius, a son. The same
ending, for the same reason, is found in dea, a goddess.
Note. — Two things can always be remembered better than one, therefor^
)eam to connect words; as nauta and aqua, luna and Btella, etc,
14 EASY STEPS IN LATIN
LESSON 8
21. THE VERB SUM, PRESENT TENSE
K, "ti^
sum, / am su'muB, we are
es, thou art e'std a^ you are
est, he is sunt, they are
22. VOCABULARY (ADJECTIVES)
These adjectives are declined like nouns of the first declension.
Rule II. — An adjective agrees with the noun that it limits in
gender^ number^ and case.
bona, good, nova, new. multa, much,
magna, large. oara, dear. longa, long,
parva, small. lata, wide. grata, pleasant.
plena, fuU. rubra, red. alba, white.
alta, high^ deep. clara, clear ^ bright^ pulohra, beautiful.
firma, firm. famous. prima, first.
23. Write in Latin : —
1. Roses are red and white.
2. The farmer's cottage is full of roses.
3. Victoria is a good queen.
4. The ditch is wide and deep.
5. Many^ islands are small.
24. Spell and define : —
magnitude altitude latitude
multitude " plenitude longitude
Note. tfLd5 English -tude^ is an ending of abstract nouns.
. 1 Use the plural of multa. — Words not translated in the lessons will be
found in the general vocabulary.
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
15
LESSON 9
25. SUM, IMPERFECT AND FUTURE TENSES
26.
e'ram, / was
e'ras, you were
e'rat, he was
e'ro, / shall be
e'ria, you will be
e'rit, he will be
Imperfect
era'muB, we were
era'tds, you were
e'rant, they were
Future
e'rimiiB, we shall be
e'ritds, you will be
e'runt, they will be
Write in Latin : —
1. We were in the farmer's cottage.
2. The queen praises the poets of America.
3. (There)* were many^ large* forests in Britain.
4. (There)* will be a flill moon.
5. The poets of America praise the queen of Britain.
27.
AmeMca^ America,
Brita'nnia, Britain,
ita'lia, Italy.
Germa'nla, Germany,
EOspa'nla, Spain.
VOCABULARY
Gte'Uia, France.
lima, moon.
cena, dinner.
celo, I hide.
V006, / call
no'mino, I name,
li'bero, I free.
laado, I praise.
porto, I carry.
rogo, / ask.
1 Omit.
^ In Latin, many and large.
i6
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
38.
LESSON 10
REVIEW
Give in Latin the present tense of each of the following verbs :
1. carry 5. give 8. free 11. hide
2. look at 6. praise 9. call 12. plow
3. stand 7. like 10. sing 13. name
4. ask
Adjectives to be declined in Latin : —
I. red
5. high
9. first
13-
much
2. good
6. new
10. small
14.
long
3. full
7. large
II. beautiful
15.
pleasant
4. white
8. dear
12. wide
16.
deep
Nouns to be declined in
Latin: —
I. star
9. table
17. way
25-
rose
2. farmer
10. dove
18. trumpet
26.
penalty
3. sailor
II. woman
19. gate
27.
cause
4. queen
12. money
20. moon
28.
wreath
5. poet
13. ditch
21. flight
29.
daughter
6. land (earth)
14. island
22. cottage
30.
tail
7. water
15. goddess 23. fatherland
31-
river bank
8. girl
16. forest
24. dinner
29. Decline together : —
-
t. rosa alba
4.
via longa
7.
porta lata
2. casa nova
5.
terra f irma
8.
silva magna
3. luna plena
6.
Stella clara
9-
puella bona
Form five English sentences from words given on this page.
Translate into Latin.
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
17
30.
LESSON 11
SECOND DECLENSION (MASCULINE NOUNS
IN -US)
Hortus, a garden.
Singular
Plural
Nom,
ho'rtuB
ho'rti
Gen,
ho'rti
horto'rum
Dat,
ho'rt5
ho'rtiB
Ace.
hortum
ho'rtos
Voc,
ho'rte
ho'rti
Abl,
ho'rto
ho'rtis
31.
VOCABULARY
0-
eqauB, horse.
cibus, food.
\V magnusy large.
camiB, wagon.
do'minus, master.
planus, full.
a'nimiiB, mind.
servus, slave.
bonus, good.
annus, year.
nu'merus, number, multus, many.
Indus, school.
disci'pulus, pupil.
longus, long.
lupus, wolf.
remusy oar.
cams, dear.
gla'dius, sword.
deus, god.
latus, wide.
32. Decline each of the above nouns like hortus. Review
sum in the three tenses given. Give the rule of agreement for
verbs ; for adjectives.
33. Write in Latin : —
1. There are horses and wagons in the gardens.
2. The master gives the slave a horse.
3. The garden will be full of roses.
4. Many gardens are small.
5. The slave is carrying food into the cottage.
6. The master gives the slaves the oars.
7. There are many pupils in the schooL
EASY STEPS IN LAT. — 2
1 8 EASY STEPS IN LATIN
LESSON 12
34. SECOND DECLENSION (NEUTER NOUNS
IN -UM)
Templom, a temple.
Singular Plural
Norn. te'mplum te'mpla
Gen, te'mpli templo'mm
Dat te'mplo te'mpliB
AcCj Voc, te'mplom te'mpla
AM, te'mplo te'mpliB
35. VOCABULARY
donum, gift, oastmm, fort; pi. oaitra/ camp,
aunim, gold, arge'ntam, stiver,
bellum, war, prae'miam, reward.
caelum, sky, o^ppidmn, town,
peri'calam, danger.
Decline each of the above nouns like templmn.
36. Translate : —
1. Multae et clarae stellae in cael5 erant
2. Multa oppida in Italia sunt.
3. Reginam bonam amamus et laudamus.
4. Puellae parvae rosas rubras poetae dant.
5. Aurum et argentum in tempUs-sunt.
37. Spell and define : —
aureole equestrian donation
celestial domineer premium
Note. — In all neuters the nominative, accusative, and vocative are always
•like, and in the plural end in a.
^ Notice that castra, though plural in form^ is singular in meaning.
EASY STEPS IN LATIN 19
LESSON 13
38. SECOND DECLENSION (MASCULINES IN
-ER AND -IR)
Puer, boy.
i^&x, field.
Singular
Vir, man.
Nom.
puer
a'ger
vlr
Gen,
pu'eri
a'gri
vi'ri
Dat
puW5
a'gro
vi'ro
Ace.
pa'erum
a'grum
vi'rum
Voc.
paer
a'ger
vlr
AbL
pu'ero
a'gro
Plural
vi'ro
Nom.
pa'eri
a'gri
vl'ri
Gen.
paero'rum
agro'rum
viro'rum
Dat.
pu'eris
a'griB
vi'ris
Ace.
pu'eroB
a'groB
vl'ros
Voc.
pu'eri
a'gri
vl'ri
Abl.
pu'eris
a'griB
vi'ris
I. Most nouns in -er drop the e of the nominative, as ii
2. Proper names in -iiw,
also nliuB, son.
lose
e in the vc
Nouns in -iiw, -ium usually take -i instead of -ii in the genitive ;
as Meroa'riuB, Mercury^ gen. sing. Mercu'ri, voc. Mercu'ri.
3. In these cases the accent of the nominative is retained.
4. Write the declension of Vergi'lius, Virgil; fi'llus, son.
39. VOCABULARY
ve'sper, -erf, evening. po'poluBy people.
magister, -tri, master^ teacher. ventus, wind.
ami'cuB, friend. BomnuB; sleep.
40. Give the English form of: —
Frederl'cus Ca'rolus Albe'rtus Rica'rdus
Come'lius Marcus Alfredus Robe'rtus
Iac5'bus Paulus Henri'cus Guilielmus
i^amg*) {WtUiam)
20
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
41.
LESSON 14
ORAL EXERCISE
State what you suppose to be the meaning of :
I. dilige'ntia
14.
pompa
27.
po'pulus
2. familia
15.
pr5vi'ncia
28.
triu'mphus
3. flamma
16.
rui'na
29.
ge'nius
4. forma
17-
schola
30.
tumultus
5. fortu'na
18.
scie'ntia
31-
circus
6. gemma
19.
spina
32-
exe'mplum
7. glo'ria
20.
sta'tua
33-
reme'dium
8. fama
21.
statu'ra
34.
respo'nsum
9. indu'stria
22.
ta'bula
35.
thea'trum
10. medici'na
23.
villa
36.
bie'nnium
II. memo'ria
24.
a'ngulus
37.
verbum
12. natu'ra
25-
capti'vus
38.
vinum
13. pira'ta
26.
me'dicus
39.
voca'bulum
Which are masculine? feminine? neuter?
Give boys* names ending in -ub ; girls' names ending in -a.
How many states of the United States may be declined as nouns
of the first declension? how many continents? how many islands?
PORTA
EASY STEPS IN LATIN 21
LESSON 15
42. ADJECTIVES, FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSION
Singular Plural
il/.i F. M M, F. N.
Nom, bo'nuB boW bo'num bo'ni bo'nae bo'na
Gen, bo'ni boWe bo'ni bono'rum bona'rum bono'rum
Dat, bo'no bo'nae bo'no bo'niB bo'nia bo'niB '
Ace, bo'num bo'nam bo'num bo'noB bo'nas bo'na
Voe, bo'ne bo'na bo'num bo'ni bo'nae bo'na
Abi, bo'n5 bo'na bo'no bo'nia bo'niB bo'niB
Other adjectives will be more easily learned if bonus is declined
in the following form : —
Plural
M. F N.
bo'ni -ae -a
bono'mm -a'mm -o'mm
bo'nis
bo'n58 -is -a
43. Write in Latin : —
1. The farmer gives the boys good food.
2. He sees many (and) large temples in the town.
3. There are large and small islands.
4. We praise the good queen of Britain.
5. Horace and Virgil were good poets.
What is the least number of seconds in which you can repeat
bonus in its abbreviated declension ?
^ Inasmuch as adjectives agree with the nouns they limit in gender^ number,
and case, the masculine of these adjectives is declined like hortns, and the
neuter like templum.
Singular
M, F.
N.
Nom.
bo'nua -a
-inn
N.,V.
Gen.
bo'ni -ae
-i
Gen.
Dat.
bo'n5 -ae
-6
J?.,Ai
Ace.
bo'num -am
-um
Ace.
Voc.
bo'ne -a
.urn
AbL
bo'no -a
-0
22
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
LESSON 16
44. ADJECTIVES
Like bonus decline : —
1. albus, white,
2. maluSy bad.
3. carus, {^ar.
4. longus, long.
5. latusy wide.
6. niger, nigra, nigrum, black.
7. ruber, rubra, rubrum, red,
8. liber, libera, liberum, free.
9. asper, aspera, asperum, rough.
10. miser, misera, miserum, wretched.
415. State what you suppose to be the meaning of the following
adjectives : —
1. amplus
2. au'reus
3. anti'quus
4. ba'rbarus
5. densus
6. divi'nus
7. falsus
8. firmus
9. fri'gidus
10. hone'stus
11. humS'nus
12. ince'rtus
13. certus
14. gratus
15. ingra'tus
16. magni'ficus
17. me'dius
18. mendia'nus
19. mode'stus
20. mole'stus
21. perpe'tuus
22. pla'cidus
23. pii'blicus
24. ru'sticus
25. sere'nus
26. seve'rus
27. sple'ndidus
28. to'rridus
29. ti'midus
30. va'rius
CARRUS
EASY STEPS IN LATIN 23
LESSON 17
46. THE LOCATIVE CASE
An old case, denoting the place where, is called the locative
case (loQMB, place) ,
In the singular number of the first and second declensions this
has the form of the genitive ; everywhere else, the form of the
ablative : —
Komae, a/ JRome, AXtiQ^ms, at Athens (Athe'nae).
Oe'navae, at Geneva, Phili'ppis, at Philippi (Phlll'ppi).
Cori'nthi, at Corinth, Cori'olis, at Corioli (Cori'oli) .
47. VOCABULARY
baca, berry (currant) . olim, formerly,
Bohola, school, etiam, also,
philoBo'phia^ philosophy, Me'lita, Malta (mel, honey),
L'lia, Marseilles. Lute'tia, Paris.
48. Write in Latin : —
1. Paul was at Rome, at Athens, at Philippi, and at Corinth.
2. He was also at Ephesus and at Colossus.
3. Malta is a famous island.
4. There were many schools of philosophy at Athens.
5. There were red and white currants at Corinth.
laduB, -i, a school for children who are compelled to learn,
sohola, -ae, a school for youths who wish to learn.
Magister et discipuli in ludo erant.
Doctor^ et auditores' in echola erant.
^ Dootor, a learned teacher^ from doce5, to teach.
* Auditor, a listener^ from audid, to hear.
24 EASY STEPS IN LATIN
LESSON 18
49. That part of a word to which the termination is attached
is called the stem.
There are four conjugations of verbs, distinguished by the vowel
which appears before -re of the present infinitive active. This
vowel, in the first conjugation, is a; in the second, e; in the
third, » (still further shortened to I) ; in the fourth, L
50. The present tense in each conjugation is inflected as
foUows^: —
' i
II
Ill
IV
"^(^ /lave
/advise
/cover
/hear
mo'neS
te'go
au'dio
a'maa
mo'nes
te'gis
au'dis
a'mat
mo 'net
te'git
au'dit
mone'muB
te^gimna
aadi'mna
ama'tis
mone'tis
te'gitiB
audi'tis
a'mant
mo'nent
te'gunt
au'diunt
I. The personal endings are
the same in
all tenses, except
the perfect indicative active.
Sing.
I. -0 or -m
Plur.
-mna
2. -8
-tis
3. -t
-nt
SI.
VOCABULARY
vi'deo (2), see.
moVeo (2)
, move.
ve'nio (4), come.
ha'beo (2), have.
ri'deo (2), /augh.
se'ntio {^)yfeeL
ma'neo (2), stay.
te'rreo {2) ^ frighten.
do'rmio (4), sleep.
52. Inflect each of these verbs in the present tense. Give an
English word derived from each.
Notice particularly the forms of tego, and inflect in the same
way: duoo (3), lead; mitta (3), send; reli'nqao (3), leave.
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
25
LESSON 19
53-
/ was loving
or / loved
ama'bam
ama'bas
ama'bat
amaba'muB
amaba'tiB
ama'bant
VERBS, IMPERFECT TENSE
II
I was advising
or / advised
mone1>am
mone'bas
mone'bat
moneba'muB
moneba'tiB
mone'bant
III
I was covering
or I covered
tege1>ain
tege'bas
tege'bat
tegeba'muB
tegeba'tlB
tege'bant
IV
/ wets hearing
or / heard
audie1>am
audie'bas
audie'bat
audieba'muB
audieba'tiB
audie1>ant
54. Write the imperfect tense of the verbs meaning -
come
see
move
stay
feel
praise
lead
send
55. Translate: —
1. Agricola filiae filioque columbas albas dabat.
2. Stellas multas in cael5 videmus.
3. Puellae bonae in casa manebant.
4. Servl dominum audiebant.
5. -Nautae Americani populo cari sunt.
$6. The imperfect tense often expresses customary or repeated
action; as venie'bant, they used to come or they kept coming.
English has also the following forms of the imperfect tense, —
Common form I came
Emphatic form I did come
Incomplete or progressive form . / was coming
Give the various meanin|;s of audliba'mus ; ama'baiit,
26
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
LESSON
20
57.
VERBS, FUTURE TENSE
I
II
III
IV
I shall love
I shaU advise
I shall cover
IshaUhear
aina1>o
mone'bo
te'gam
au'diam
ama'bis
mone'bis
te'ges
au'dies
ama'bit
mone'bit
te'get
au'diet
flwr^a ^miia
mone'bimiiB
tege'muB
audie'muB
ama'bitlB
tege'tlB
audie'tlB
ama'bunt
mone'bunt
te'gent
au'dient
Notice the difference of form in the last two conjugations, though
the personal endings remain the same.
58. Give the Latin for the following forms : —
I.
They are praising.
9-
They were advising.
2.
We were praising.
10.
You advised.
3.
We shall praise.
II.
You used to come.
4.
He will praise.
12.
You came.
s-
He praised.
13.
He will come.
6.
He advised.
14.
You will come.
7.
I shall advise.
15.
I came.
8. We shall advise.
16. They will hear.
59. I. Give the present, imperfect, and future tenses of habeo,
I have.
2. How many conjugations are there, and how are they distin-
guished? What are the personal endings? Give the English
equivalent for each.
3. Write the future tense of porta (i), oapio, take (3),
maneo (2), venio (4).
4. Give the same tenses in English, using the progressive form.
EASY STEPS IN LATIN 2/
LESSON 21
60. PARTICLES
Adverbs modify verbs, adjectives, or other adverbs, and express
time, place, cause, and manner : — 'j\
iam, already, YisAy yesterday, nunc, now.
iterum, again, semper, always, 51im, once upon a time, .' ^o (^ '
moz, soon, cur, why, vero, truly, ^^a.^ ^
non, not, saepe, often, ita, so, ^^'tt,*-^ '
ho 'die, to-day, fere, nearly. deinde, then,
eras, to-morrow, forte, ^j chance, sic, j^.
certe, surely, paene, almost, tandem, at length.
61. Prepositions connect substantives with the words on which ,. ,
ey depend. ' ^/ ^^ /■ ' ^
The following prepositions govern the ablative ; all others take ' *" ^ '' j
the accusative : —
a, ab or abs, absque, de,
coram, cum, ez or e.
sine, tenus, pro, and prae.
In and sub, denoting motion, are followed by the accusa-
tive ; denoting rest, by the ablative : in Italiam, into Italy; in
Italia, in Italy ; sub montem venire, to come close up to the hill;
sub monte esse, to be at the foot of the hill,
62. Conjunctions connect words, phrases, and clauses : —
si, if sed, but, aut . . . aut, either ..,or,
ety and, both, atque,ac, and also, enim,^r.
at, but, quod, because, igitur, therefore,
neq\ie,neQ,andnot, aatem, however, -que, and.
63« Interjections are exclamations ; as 5 ; eheu, alas,
64« Write five Latin sentences containing prepositions and
conjunctions.
26
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
LESSON 22
65. THIRD DECLENSION (VOWEL STEMS)
The third declension has a great variety of nominative endings,
and includes nouns of all genders. The genitive singular must be
known before attempting their declension. They may be divided
into two classes, — vowel stems and consonant stems ; the former
having the genitive plural in -ium, the latter in -mn.
66. Vowel stems in common use are : —
I. Nouns in -es and -is, having the same number of syllables
in the nominative and genitive.
2. Neuters in
-e, -al, and -ar.
They are thus declined : —
HostiB (m.
or f.), enemy.
Animal
(n.), animal.
Singular
Plural
Singular
Plural
Norn, ho'stls
ho'stes
a'nlmal
anlmalia
Gen. ho'stlB
ho'stium
anima'lis
anlmalitim
Da^. ho'sti
ho'stibos
animali
anima'libuB
Ace, ho 'stem
ho'stis or -is
a'nimal
anima'lia
Foe. ho'stlB
ho'stes
a'nimal
anima'lia
Ad/. ho'ste
ho'stibus
anima'li
anlma'libuB
A few nouns have -im and -i in
the
ace. and abl.
singular.
Synonym. — HostiB, a public enemy;
personal enemy.
67. Decline : —
avis, bird. panis, bread,
finis, end^ pi. fines, territory. mare, sea.
turris, tower. insi'gne, mark.
Decline pater, patrls, father; mater, mother; frater, brother.
How do they differ from hostis? — Ans. They have the genitive
plural in -urn and the accusative plural in -es only.
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
29
LESSON 23
68. THIRD DECLENSION (CONSONANT STEMS)
Consonant stems are named mute stems or liquid stems ^ accord-
ing to their final letter (see 6, Note).
69. Consonant stems are declined as follows : —
Lapis {xti,^^ stone,
stem lajxld-.
Singular Plural
Nom, lapis . la'pides
Gen, la'pidis la'pidum
Dat. la'pidi lapi'dibus
Ace. la'pidem la'pides
Voc, lapis la'pides
AbL la'pide lapi'dibus
Rex (m.), king,
stem reg-.
Singular Plural
rez regis
regis regum
regi re 'gibus
regem reges
rex reges
rege re 'gibus
Flumen (n.), river,
stem flumin-.
Singular Plural
flumen flu'mina
flu 'minis fiu'minum
flu'mini flumi'nibus
flumen flu'mina
flumen flu'mina
flu 'mine flumi'nibus
70.
VOCABULARY
pes, pedis (m.), foot,
princeps, pri'ncipis (m.), chief,
mfles, mi'litis (m.), soldier,
arbor, a'rboiis (f.), tree,
victor, victd'xls (m.), victor,
virtus, virtu'tis (f.), courage.
caput, ca'pitis (n.)> head,
dux, duois (m.), leader,
corpus, co'rpoiis (n.), body,
nomen, no 'minis (n.), name,
munus, mu'nerls (n.), gift,
tempus, te'mpoiis (n.), time.
GLADIUS
71. Spell and define : —
.
principal corporal
remunerate
pedal
military nominal
arborescent
capital
prince cognomen
decapitate
duke
30
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
LESSON 24
72. THIRD DECLENSION (GENDER)
Rules for gender, classed by the nominative endings : —
I. Masculine endings are -5, -or, -o«, -er, -es (gen. -idis,
-itls); as —
homo, ho 'minis, man,
honor, hond'xia, honor.
pater, patris, father.
miles, mi'litifl, soldier.
But nouns in -do and -go, also abstract and collective nouns in -io,
are feminine.
2. Feminine endings are -as (gen. -atis), -es (gen. -is), -is, -ys,
-X, -s (following a consonant), -us (gen. -utis or -udis) ; as —
navis, navis, ship. mrbs, mrbis, city.
aetas, aeta'tis, age. virtus, virtii'tis, courage.
lux, luois, Ught. le'gio, legi5'nis, legion.
3. Neuter endings are -e, -o, -1, -n, -t, -ar, -ur, -us, -us
(gen. -eris or -oris) ; as —
mare, maxis, sea. flumen, flu'minis, river.
▼ulnus, vu'lnexis, wound. tempus, te'mpoxla, time.
73. Give the gender of the following nouns : —
I.
classis.
-is, fleet.
10.
nox,
noctis,
night.
2.
Ktus,
-oris, shore.
II.
turris,
turris,
tower.
3-
comes.
-itis, companion.
12.
pedes.
peditis.
foot soldier.
4.
pars.
partis, part
13-
miles,
mllitis,
soldier.
s.
ci'vitas,
-atis state.
14.
caput,
capitis,
head.
6.
imber.
-bris, rain.
IS-
corpus.
corporis
, body.
7-
ra'tio,
-onis, reason.
16.
pastor,
-oris,
shepherd.
8.
clamor,
-oris, shout.
17.
n5men,
-inis,
name.
9-
frigus.
-oris, cold.
18.
orator,
-oris.
orator»
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
31
LESSON 25
74. PERFECT TENSES, INDICATIVE ACTIVE
I.
2.
3-
1.
2.
ama'vi
amavi'sti
ama'vit
ama'vimuB
amavi'stis
amave'nmt
or
ama V-
monu-
te'x-
audiV-
eram
eras
erat
monu-
te'x-
audiV-
ero
exis
erit
Perfect
AmS'vX, / loved or have loved.
monui
montd'sti
mo'nuit
monuWuB
montd'stiB
monue'runt
or
monue're
tejd
tezi'sti
tezit
te'zimuB
tezi'stiB
teze'runt
or
teze're
audi'vi
audivi'sti
audi'vlt
audi'vimuB
audivl'stiB
audive'runt
or
audive're
Pluperfect
Amft'veram, / had loved,
amav-
Endings
-£
-isti
-it
-imus
.istlB
enint
or
-Sre
monu-
tez-
audiv-
era'muB
era'tlB
ama'v-
monu'-
te'x-
audiV-
FuTURE Perfect
I'verS, I shall have loved
amav- '
menu- e'xlmuB
tex- e'ritiB
audiv- ,
monu-
te'x-
audi'v-
erant
exint
75. Write the same tenses of porto, habeo, doceo, rego, rule (3),
^gno, reign (i). Give the English meaning of each tense.
In English, the incomplete or progressive form of a tense denotes
continued action : / was advising^ J had been advising.
Another form includes the auxiliary verb doy and is called the
emphatic form : / did advise.
32
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
76.
LESSON 26
ANECDOTE I
Carolus, agricolae filius, puer bonus erat sed amicos malos
amabat. Agricola igitur puero calathum p5m5rum plenum dat.
Bona erant multa poma, pauca tamen putrida. Puer donum
diligenter curat, sed poma mala maculant bona, et mox mala
sunt cuncta. Turn agricola fflium ita monet: "Poma mala
maculant bona, certe mali amid maculabunt puerum bonum."
77.
VOCABULARY
euro (i), take care of.
ma'culo (i), spoil or spoU
paucuB, -a, -um, few.
ounctuB, -a, -um, all,
turn, adv., then.
oalathuB, -i, basket.
p5mum, -i, apple.
tamen, but^ however.
pu'triduB, -a, -um, rotten.
diligenter, adv., carefully.
Note ounotus (con-iunctus, from iungo, to Join') y whole, as com-
posed of parts joined together ; totus, originally whole, entire.
78. Write in Latin : —
1. Once-upon-a-time a farmer had a son.
2. The son had a basket of apples,
3. The son's name was Charles.
4. Bad apples will always spoil good ones^
5. Farmers do not always give baskets of
apples to boys and girls.
79. Spell and define : —
monitor monument admonition
immaculate paucity 4:urator
CALATHUS
premonition
amicable
1 Omit.
EASY STEPS IN LATIN 33
LESSON 27
80. PRONOUNS
1. In the story of Charles and the apples, the nouns are
repeated in every sentence. To avoid this repetition, pronouns
are used ; first of all, personal pronouns : —
ego,// noB,w^: tvi, you (sing.) ; ^roB, you (jplur.) : \B,he; Hotkey,
2. Demonstrative pronouns are hio, this ; Ule, iste, that; is,
that or he^ used as the personal pronoun of the third person.
3. The relative pronoun is qui, who, with many compounds ; the
interrogative is quis.
81. DECLENSION OF PERSONAL PRONOUNS
Norn.
ego,/
nos, we
\xL,you
vos, you
Gen,
mei
nostrum or -tri
tui
vestrum or -tri
Dat
mihl
nobis
tibi
vobis
Ace.
me
nos
te
vos
AM.
me
n5bis
te
v5bis
Sul (reflexive), of himself ^ etc. (sing, andplur.).
Nom, — Gen. sui Dat. sibi Acc.^ Abl. se or sese
The nominative of the personal pronouns is used chiefly for
emphasis or contrast. The genitive seldom occurs, as its place
is filled by the possessive adjectives : —
mens, my ; tiivm,your (sing.) ; suus, his, hers, theirs, etc. ; noster,
our; vester, your (adjectives of the first and second declension).
82. Translate: —
1. Ego rosas rubras amo, tii albas amSs.
2. Et ego et tu liberi sumus.
3. Carolus se laudat ; ego et tu nos non laudamus,
4. Tu semper mihi carus eris.
5. Hic equus niger est ; ille, albus.
EASY STEPS IN LAT. — 3
34 EASY STEPS IN LATIN
LESSON 28
83. ANECDOTE II
Haedus, in tect5 stans, lupo maledicit. Lupus statim didt,
^^Non tu sed locus tuus mihi maledicit."
Saepe locus et tempus homines dmidos reddunt temerarios.
84. VOCABULARY
haeduB, -i (m.) , kid. homo/ho'minis (m. and f.) , man.
teotom, -i (n.), roof. ti'meo (2),/r^r, be afraid of .
loouB, -i {m,), place. ti'midua, -a, -um, timid.
reddo (3), render. maledi'oo (3), curse.
dico (3), say. statim, adv., immediately.
stansy stantiSy standing. benedi'oS (3), bless.
temera'iluB, -a^ -um^ bold, rash, puto (i), think.
85. Write in Latin : —
1. The wolf saw the kid on the roof.
2. Kids are timid animals.
3. A good place will often make timid animals bold.
4. This kid was on a high place.
5. Therefore he was not afraid of the wolf.
86. Spell and define : —
temerity humanity locality benediction
timidity temporsd lupine malediction
Name other words derived from locus; from homo. From
what verb do you suppose that tectum is derived? Define pro-
tect; detect.
Note. — In all reading lessons, aim at quick recognition of cases. Plro-
noonce the Latin words, naming each case, before attempting to translate.
EASY STEPS IN LATIN 35
LESSON 29
87.
DEMONSTRATIVE
i PRONOUNS
Singular
I8,ea,
id,/>^
ox that.
Plural
M. F.
N.
M.
F,
N.
Nom.
is ea
id
ttorii
eae
ea
Gen.
eiuB eiuB
eiuB
eo'mm
ea'mm
eo'mm
Dat
ei ei
ei
eiBOriis
eiBoriiB
eisoriii
Ace.
eum earn
id
eo8
eas
ea
Abl.
eo ea
eo
eisoriis
eisoriis
eisoriii
I. When the suffix -dem is added, this pronoun means ^e
same. The nominative becomes —
idem e'adem idem
In the accusative singular and the genitive plural, final m is
changed to n before the d.
Write out the declension of idem.
88. Translate: —
1. Ego et tu in eadem urbe sumus.
2. Eadem et nobis et vobis cara sunt.
3. In me et in te est Idem animus.
4. Multi homines de eisdem non eadem putant
5. Hie puer bonus est, ille malus.
89. QUESTIONS
What cases of is are like the cases of bonus with respect to
their terminations?
Which is easier to say, eimidem or eimdem?
What do you notice about the order of the pronouns in the
first sentence? How is it in English?
Can you determine the gender of urbe from the first sentence
without knowing special rules?
36 EASY STEPS IN LATIN
LESSON 30
00. ANECDOTE III
Fredericus, puer malus, animalia non amavit. Aliquando canem
vexabat et pater ita eum monebat : " Canes acut5s dentes habent.*'
Puer autem verba patris non audit et canis miseri caudam tor-
quet. Tandem dextram pueri mordet canis iratus, et puer la-
crimans patrem petit, "Ciir" inquit pater "meum consilium
neglegebas?"
91. VOCABULARY
ura'tuB, -a, -um, angry, verbum, -i (n.), word,
aliqua'ndd, once upon a time, consilium, -i (n.), advice,
acu'tuB, -a, -um, sharp, dextra, -ae (f.), right hand,
inquit, {he) says, peto (3), seek, run to.
to'rqueo (2), tivist, pull, ne'glego (3), neglect,
mo'rdeo (2), bite, vez5 (i), trouble, torment,
la'cximo (i), weep, dens, dentia (m.), tooth,
canis, -is (m. and f.), dog, puer, -i (m.), child.
Note. — Canis, dog, and other names of animals, may be either masculine
or feminine, according to the sex of the animal. These are said to be of com-
mon gender. Lupus, wolft and haedus, kid, are masculine by form, without
regard to the sex of the animal in question. These are called epicene.
92. Write in Latin : —
1. Dogs love their masters and their masters' children.
2. Why do boys neglect their fathers* advice?
3. Good boys will always listen to^ their father and mother.
4. Many boys love animals and take care qf^ them.
5. Men love dogs and horses.
* Listen to = hear = audi5. • Take care of— cflrS (i).
EASY STEPS IN LATIN 37
LESSON 31
93. VERBS, PRINCIPAL PARTS
In order to be able to find all forms of a verb, it is necessary to
know the four from which all other forms are derived. These
four are called the principal parts of a verb, and in the active
voice are as follows : —
1. The Present Indicative, showing the present stem.
2. The Present Infinitive, showing the conjugation.
3. The Perfect Indicative, showing the perfect stem.
4. The Perfect Participle, showing the participial stem.
1st Conj\
amo
amaVe
ama'vi
2d Conj.
mo'neo
mone're
mo'nui
mo'nituB
3d Conj,
tego
te'gere
> tezi
tectuB
4th Conj,
au'dio
audi're
audi'vi
audi'tus
The characteristic vowel of each conjugation is best observed
before the -re of the present infinitive.
Note. — To the third conjugation belong some verbs which have had
i inserted in the present indicative active; as cap-i-5, / take^ infinitive
oapere.
94. Write the principal parts and the three stems of each of
the following verbs : —
Of the Jirst conjugation :
aro oro canto specto
euro ports laudo li'bero
Of the second conjugation :
ha'beo te'rreo {frighten) prae'beo {furnish)
Review the perfect tenses of the four verbs givea
38 EASY STEPS IN LATIN
LESSON 32
95. THE VERB SUM
Indicative Mood
Pres.
sum
es
est
stimiiB
estis sunt
Imp/.
e'ram
e'riui
eW
era'muB
era'tis e'rant
Fut.
e'ro
e'rlB
e'rlt
e'ximoB
e'rltis e'nmt
Pf^
fu'i
fui'sti
fu'lt
fu'imuB
fui'stis fue'nmt, -re
Plupf.
fu'eram
fu'eras
fu'erat
fuera'muB
fuerii'tis fu'erant
F.Pf.
fu'ero
fu'eris
fu'exit
fue'xlmiiB
fue 'litis fu'eiint
Subjunctive Mood
Pres, sim sis sit si'mus si'tis sint
Impf, e'ssem e'sses e'sset esse'mus esse'tis essent
Pf, fu'erlm fu'exls fu'exit fue'xlmus fue'rltis fu'exlnt
Plupf. fni'ssem fni'sses fui'sset fuisse'mus fuisM'tis fni'ssent
Imperative Mood
Pres, eB, be you e^mtb, be ye ox you
Fut 2. e'sto, j'^» must be esto'te,^^ must be
3. e'sto, he must be su'nto, they must
iNnNiTivE Mood
Pres. e'sse, ^ be
Pf, fui'sse^ to have been
Fut. fore or futu'ms, -a, -um, esse^ to be about to be
Participle
Fut futn'msy -a, -um, about to be
Note. — The verb to be is the most common verb in all languages ; in
Latin, besides being used alone, it helps to fonn the perfect passive tenses
of other verbs, and is therefore called an auxiliary verb. When perfectly
learned, the entire verb can be repeated in thirty seconds.
How many tenses can you repeat in one minute ?
How many minutes do you require for all the forms?
EAS1
"JSS IN
CO
! LATIN
41
'
, X
CO
3
v/ ■•
96. USES OF /
^
r.
d
The subjunctive moi
5
^ving, and after
I. Independently, i
N^r known is
^vjn English
olaruB, lef Scipio be /i
2. In dependent cl
•
V/ know
(a) Purpose: scribf
%
^
« S 5 gv
{d) Result : Ita viJ
dear to us. \
{e) Cause : quae a
{d) Indirect questu^.
saying.
(e) The subject or object
of a verb :
: 5rat ne
abeas, he begs you
not to go away.
d and e are called substantive clauses.
Note. — ** Use * ut ' for the infinitive
With ask^ command, advise, and strive;
But never be this rule forgot,
Use * n6 ' for * ut * where there's a * not* "
97. Write in Latin : —
1. I beg them not to go away.
2. We will write to warn you.
3. Be it so.
4. I ask what he is doing (fado).
5. He will beg to see the king.
Give five English sentences illustrating wish or command;
purpose; result.
Translate : —
I. Matres puerps 5rant ne in pericula abeant.
2« Pater filium rogavit quid faceret (ageret).
40
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
LESSON 34
98. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD OF THE FOUR
CONJUGATIONS
Present Tense
a 'mem
a'mes
a 'met ame'mus
ame'tia a'mant
mo'neam
mo'neas
etc.
te'gam
te'£^
etc.
au'dias
etc.
Imperfect Tense
amSreHii ama'rent
mone'rem
mone'res etc.
te'gerem
te'geres
etc.
audi'rem
audiVes
etc.
Perfect Tense
amaVerim
•eriB
-eiit amave'ilmiii
amave'iitia ami Veilnt
monu'eilm
etc.
te'zerim
etc.
audiVerim
etc.
Pluperfect Tense
-i'sses
•i'sset -issi'muB
-iflse'tia -i'ssant
monu'issem
etc.
tezi'ssem
etc.
audivi'ssem
etc.
99. Write out the subjunctive mood of —
porto (i) p\igno,^gh^ (i) ha'be5 (2) te'rreo (2)
Inflect, giving parallel forms in English, —
amem, / may love ami Vexim, / may have loved
anuiVem, / might love amivi'ssem, / might have loved
EASY STEPS IN LATIN 41
LESSON 35 V^^
100. INDIRECT DISCOURSE (j^;
After verbs of saying, thinking, knowing, perceiving, and after
other verbs of similar meaning, the fact stated or known is
said to be in Indirect Discourse, and is expressed in English
by a clause introduced by the conjunction /haf; as / know
that he is a good man. Equivalent to this is the expression
sometimes used, / know him to be a good man. The latter is
the form to be used in Indirect Discourse in Latin, having the
subject of the subordinate clause in the accusative and the verb
in the infinitive \ 2& he says that the boy ts good, didt puemm
bonmn esse.
I. The tenses of the infinitive denote present, past, or
future time, relatively to the time of the verb on which they
depend; as —
He said that the boy was good (at that time).
Dixit pueruxn bonmn esse.
He said that the boy had been good (previously),
Dudt puemm bonmn f nisse.
He said that the boy would be good (in the future),
Dixit puermn bonum futomm esse.
101. Write in Latin : —
I. He says that* we are fi-ee.
2o They saw that* you were not angry.
3. I see that * the roses are red and white.
4. We see that* there* are many stars in the sky.
5. The farmer said that* Charles was a good boy.
Name some English verbs that require this construction.
1 Not to be expressed in Latin.
42 EASY STEPS IN LATIN
LESSON 36
102. ANECDOTE IV
SIR WALTER RALEIGH
Elisabetha, Britanniae regina, vestes splendidas gerebat. Forte
magna cum caterva comitum per vicos urbis ambulabat Subit5
ante pedes multum lutum videt. Regina stat incerta, quod viam
lubricam timet. ' At iuvenis nov5 palli5 locum tegit. Laeta regina
super pallium ambulat nee pedem maculat Statim iuvenem in
numerum amicorum ascribit.
103. VOCABULARY
ger5 (3), seoBi, gestos, w^ar, bear. iuVenis, -is (m.), you0i.
a'mbcdS (i), walk. pa'lUum, -i (n.), cloak.
vi'deo (2), vidi, visus, see. inoe'rtns, -a, -um, hesitating.
Bt5 (i), steti, BtatoB, stand. lu'bxiouB, -a, -um, slippery.
ascri'bo (3), -Boripsi, -soriptus, iMixm^ -vl^ -vaoL^ joyful^ glad.
enroll. su'bitS, suddenly.
vestis, is (f.), clothing, garment. per, through.
cate'rva^ -ae (f.), crowd. ante, before.
vicuB, -i (ra.), street. super, on, over.
lutum, -i (n.), mud. statim, at once.
104. Name the case of each noun, the tense of each verb.
Decline all the genitives. Inflect each verb in the tense given.
105. Spell and define : —
vestment juvenile lubricate gesture
vestibule rejuvenate numerous visible
Explain the meaning of suburbs.
From Latin words used in this lesson, tell the meaning of —
1. He will not try to palliate his faults.
2. The table was immaculate.
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
43
LESSON 37
io6.
THE FOURTH DECLENSION
Most nouns of this declension are masculine.
GraduB (m
.), step.
Cornu (n.)
, horn.
Singular
Plural
Singular
Plural \
Nom.
graduB
gradus
oomu
oo'mua
Gen.
gradus
gra'duum
oomuB
oo'muum
DaU
gra'dui or -u
gra'dibuB
oomu
oo'mibuB
Ace.
gradum
graduB
oomu .
oo'mua
Voe,
graduB
graduB
comu
co'rnua
AbL
gradu
gra'dibuB
oomu
oo'rnibuB
107.
Decline : —
fruotos
{m.), fruit.
sena'toB (m
'.),
senate. domiiB
(f.), house.
OUXTUS
(m.), ehariot.
hand.
genu (n.), knee.
1. DomuB, a house ^ has also forms o{ the second declension in
all cases except the dative and ablative plural. Of the two geni*
tives, domuB means of a house ^ while domi^ at home, is used as a
locative.
2. ArooB, boWf always has -ubua in the dative and ablative
plural ; artus, Joint; lacua, lake ; portua, harbor; and veru, a
spit, have both forms, -ubua and -ibua. This sometimes serves to
distinguish arcua and artua from the third declension nouns arz,
a citadel, and an, art (dative and ablative aVclbua and a'rtibuB) .
3. Many perfect participles are used as nouns of this declen-
sion: as —
progre^BBUB,
from
progre'dior,
to advance.
oantuB,
It
cano,
to sing.
OUIBUB,
ti
curro,
to run.
adve'ntuB,
t€
adve'nio,
to come to.
geWtuB,
tt
ge'mo,
to groan.
exe'rcltoB {army),
it
exe'roeo,
to train.
44
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
LESSON
38
io8.
THE
FIFTH DECLENSION
Res (f.), thing.
Dies {m,kl),day.
Fides {{.), faith.
Singular
Plural
Singular
Plural
Singular
Norn, res
res
dies
dies
fides
Gen. rei
reruxn
diei
die'mm
fi'dei
Dat rei
rebus
diei
die'bus
fi'dei
Ace, rem
res
diem
dies
fidem
Voc. res
res
dies
dies
fides
Abl. re
rebus
die
die'bus
fide
1. Res and dies are the only nouns of this declension that are
complete in the plural.
2. The following have the nominative and accusative plural : —
a'cieSy an army ; fdi' cien, face ; gla'cies, ice;
se'rles, a series; spe'cies, appearance; spes, hope,
3. Dies and meri'dies {midday^ are usually masculine. All other
nouns of this declension are feminine.
109. Translate: —
1. Omnis spes victoriae in militibus est.
2. Caesar ante meridiem in acie pugnavit.
3. Eodem die Gallos vicit et fugavit.
4. Exercitus noster ducem hostium vincebat.
5. Caesar in dextr5 comii milites su5s conlocat.
no.
oo'nloco (i), station.
vinco (3), vici, victus, con-
quer.
fugo {i) , put to flight.
acies (f.), an amiy in line of
battle.
omnis, -e, all.
VOCABULARY
eze'rcitus, -us (m.), a trained
army.
agmen, -inis (ago), (n.), an army
moving.
co'piae, -arum, troops , forces.
comu, -u (n.), wing {of an army).
dexter, -tra, -tnmi, right.
EASY STEPS IN LATIN 45
LESSON 39
ffl. ROMAN HISTORY I
Proca,rex Albanorum, filios duos habuit, Numitorem et Amulium.
Numitori regnum reliquit sed Amulius fratrem suum eiecit et sibi
regnum sumpsit. Filiam Numit5ris, Rheara Silviam, Amulius, ut
fratrem subole privaret,^ Vestae sacerdotem fecit
112. VOCABULARY
regnum, -i, kingdom. privo (i), deprive.
Bu'boles, -is, offspring. sumd (3), sumpsi, sumptos, take.
Vesta, -ae, goddess of the home, ei'cio (3 ) , eie'ci, eie'ctus, cast out.
BAoe'rdoB, -dbUB, priestess. reli'nquo (3), reli^qui, reli'otas,
duo, -ae, -o, two, leave.
coUis -is, hill. septem, seven.
ut, in order, so that, to. facio (3), feci, f actus, make, do.
113. Write in Latin : —
1. Amulius deprived his brother of the kingdom.
2. Rhea Silvia was the -daughter of Numitor.
3. He will make the girl a priestess of Vesta.
4. Numitor and Amulius were brothers.
5. He drove out his brother to get the kingdom.
6. Alba Longa was a town of Italy.
7. Why did he drive out his brother?
8. The river Tiber is in Italy.
9. Rome is on the river Tiber.
10. Rome had seven kings and seven hills.
What do you know of words used in apposition ? What instances
occur in this lesson?
1 How are expressions denoting purpose written in Latin (96, a) ?
How many different English phrases or clauses can you substitute for " to
get the kingdom '' in sentence 5?
46
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
^
LESSON 40
114. ADJECTIVES — THIRD DECLENSION
Acer, keen, stem aoxi-.
Singular
Norn.
Gen.
Dat
Voc.
Ace,
AbL
Norn.
Gen.
Dat.
Voe.
Aec,
AbL
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
AbL
M.
a'oer
a'oer
a'crem
F.
a'crls
a'crls
a'cri
a'crls
a'ore
a'ore
a 'ere
Plural
M.andF. N.
adores a'oiia
a'oximn
a'cxibuB
a'oris a'oiia
a'oriSy -es a'oiia
a'oxibuB
Fortis, brave, stem forti-.
M.andF. N. M.andF. N.
fo'rtis fo'rte fo'rtes fo'rtia
fo'rtis fo^rtlmn
fo'rti fo'rtibtiB
fo'rtis fo'rte fo'rtes fo'rtia
fo'rtem fo'rte fo'rtis, -is fo'rtia
fo'rti fo'rtibtis
N.
ntla
Amans, loving, stem amanti-.
M.andF. N. M.andF.
a 'mans ama'ntes
ama'ntis ama'ntiiim
ama'nti ama'ntibtis
ama'ntem amans ama'ntis, -es ama'ntia
ama'ntibiis
ama'nti, -e
Note i. — Adjectives of two or three terminations in the nominative singu-
lar have only -I in the ablative singular.
Note 2. — Present participles used as participles or nouns have the case-
ending -e in the ablative; used as adjectives, they have -1.
115. Like amans decline: par, paiis, equal {to)', prudens,
-e'ntis, wise, prudent; sa'piens, sapie'ntis, wise.
Like fortis decline brevls, -e, short.
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
47
LESSON 41
116. REGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES
Adjectives in Latin, as in English, have three degrees of com-
parison, positive, comparative, and superlative.
117. The comparative of most adjectives is formed by adding
-ior, and the superlative by adding -issimuB, -a, -um, to the stem of
the positive, deprived of its final vowel ; as —
PosmvE Comparative Superlative
altos, high, a'ltior, higher^ altd'saimtiB, highest.
feliac, happy, fell 'dor, happier, felici'sslmuB, happiest
s, loving, ama'ntior, more loving, amanti'saimuB, most loving.
Compare :
—
oama, dear.
longos, long.
latns, wide.
prudens, wise.
tristis, sad.
dums, hard.
118. Adjectives in -er
add
-limns to form the superlative ; as—
aoer.
a'crlor.
aoe'nimns,
sharp, etc.
oeler,
oele'xior,
oele'riimns.
swift, etc.
miser,
mlse'xior,
mise'nimns.
wretched, etc.
asper,
aspe'xior.
aspe'nimns.
rough, etc.
119. Six adjectives in
lis add limns ; as —
fa'oiUs,
facl'Uor,
faci'Uimns,
easy.
diffl'oilis.
difflcilior.
difflci'lUmuS,
difficult.
si'milis,
simi'Hor,
simi'llimns,
like.
dissi'milis.
disaimllioi
'9
disaimi'llimns.
unlike.
gra'cilis,
graci'Hor,
graci'llimns,
graceful, slender.
hu'mllis.
humi/lior.
liumillimus,
humble, lowly.
120. Make a list of English words derived from these adjec-
tives. Example : acer {sharp), acid, acrid, acute.
48
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
LESSON 42
X2X.
IRREGULAR COMPARISON
Positive
Comparative
Superlative
bonus
me'llor
o'ptimus
good
main»
peior
bad
magnuB
ma'zimus
great
multus
plus
plu'ilmus
much, pi. many
parvus
minor
n}i ^nlmyii^
small
122. Adjectives ending in -diousy -ficus, -volus, are compared
like the participles from which they are derived ; as —
bene'ficus benefice'ntior beneficenti'saimus
beneVoluB benevole'ntior benevolenti'saimus
123« Many adjectives form their comparison by magis, more,
and maxLme, most; as —
ido'neuSy^/ magis ido'neus ma'zime idS'neus
124. Some adjectives lack the positive, —
(prae) prior * primus
(ultra) ulte'rior u'ltimus
(cia) cite'rior ci'timus
(in) inte'rior i'ntimuB
(prope) pro'pior pro'zimus
{fore) former first
{beyond) further last
{on this side) hither hithermost
{in) inner inmost
{near) nearer next
125. The comparatives exte'rior, outer, inte'rior, inner, infe'-
rior, lower, and supe'rior, higher, with their corresponding super-
latives e'xtimus, i'ntimus, i'mus, su'mmus, often denote not what
object, but what part of it is meant ; as summus mons, the top
of the mountain.
126. Translate :-
{a) interior domua.
(^)
r
mons. {c) in summo monte.
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
49
127.
LESSON 43
ROMAN HISTORY II
Rhea Silvia geminos edidit Romulum et Remum. Hos pueros
ill alve5 imposuit Amulius et in Tiberim abiecit. FlUmen tunc
forte super ripas effusum erat et eos aqua in sicco relJquit. Vastae
turn in eis locis s5litudines erant. Lupa, si fama vera est^ ad
vagitum accurrit et matrem se gessit.
128.
VOCABULARY
edo (3), -didiy -ditxiB, bear,
impo'no (3), -poBui, -posttas,
• place,
abi'do (3), -ie'ci, -ie'otas^ throw
away.
effu'nd5 (3), -fu'di, -fu'sus,
overflow.
aoou'rr5 (3), -ou'wi, -ou'rauB,
run to.
se gerere, conduct one's self, act
{/tke).
geminuB, -i (m.), twtn.
a'lveuB, -i (m.), boat,
Tl'beiiB, -Is (m.), the Tiber.
tunc, adv., then, at that time.
sicoas, -a, -um, dry.
vastus, -a, -um, vast, great.
solita'do, -inis (f.), wilderness,
lupa, -ae (f.), sJu-wolf.
fama, -ae (f.), story, report.
▼ems, -a, -mn, true.
vagi'tos, -us (m.), crying.
129.
ENGLISH DERIVATIVES
cmro, run :
incur
concur occur
recur
pono, place :
position
composition
preposition
ia'do, throw :
inject
object reject
subject
What others can you name?
130. Write in Latin : —
1. Rhea Silvia was the daughter of Numitor.
2. The twins, Romulus and Remus, were the sons of kings.
EASY STEPS IN LAT. — 4
50
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
LESSON 44
X3X.
CARDINAL NUMBERS
I. unus, -a, -um
12. duo'decim
30. trigi'nta
2. duo, -ae, -o
13. tre'decim
40. qua'dragi'ntS
3. tres, tria
14. quattuo'rdecim
50. qui'nquagi'nta
4. quattuor
15. qul'ndecim
60. se'xagi'nta
5. quinque
16. se'decim
70. se'ptuagi'nta
6. sex
17. septe'ndecim
80. oct5gi'nta
7. septem
18. duodevTgi'nti
90. no'nagi'nta
8. octo
19. iindevigi'nd
100. centum
9. novetn
20. vigi'nfi
1000. mille
10. decern
21. vigi'nti unus
II. un'decim
22. vigi'nti duo, etc
•
I. The hundreds
may be readily recognized by the ending
-c(g)eiiti. They are declined like the
plural of bonuB.
2. What four months retain the numerical naqies given by the
Romans?
3. Define triangle, quadrilateraL
NaiK.— The cardinal numbers from three to one hundred are indeclinable.
132. DECLENSIONS
UntiB has the genitive singular in -ins and the dative in -i in all
genders. All other cases are like those of bonuB.
Duo, tres, and milia, thousands^ are thus declined : —
Nom, duo -ae -o tres txia milia
Gen, duo'nun -a'nun -o'rum trium milium
D,,AbL duolbus -al3us -o'bus tribus milibus
Ace, duos or o doas duo tris or -es txia mi'lia
133. Write in Latin : —
1. Three soldiers ; three words.
2. Two boys ; two girls ; two thousand.
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
SI
LESS6n 45
134. ORDINAL NUMBERS (DECLINED LIKE BONUS)
primus
secu'ndus
te'rtius
quartus
quintus
sextus
se'ptimus
8. octa'vus
9. nonus .
10. de'cimus
I.
2.
3-
4.
5-
6.
7-
11. unde'cimus
12. duode'cimus
13. te'rtius de'cimus
14. qua'rtus de'ciraus
15. qui'ntus de'ciraus
16. se'xtus de'ciraus
17. se'ptimus de'cimus
1 8. duodevice 'simus
19. undevice'simus
21.
30-
40.
50-
60.
70.
80.
90.
100.
1000.
vice'simus primus
trice'simus
quadrage'simus
quinquage'simus
sexage'siraus
septuage'simus
oct5ge'simus
nonage 'simus
cente'simus
mille'simus
The hundreds end in -oente'simus.
Define quarto^ octavo^ i2mo^ i6mo.
135-
SIGHT TRANSLATION
Primus rex Romae erat Romulus; secundus, Numa; tertius,
Tullus Hostllius; quartus, Ancus Marcius; quintus, Tarquinius
Priscus ; sextus, Servius Tullius ; Septimus, Tarquinius Superbus.
Septem reges erant et postea consules duo pro rege uno, ut, ^
unus malus esset, alter,^ similem potestatem^ habens, eum coer-
ceret.' Sub Servio Tullio Roma habuit capita LXXXIII milia
civium RomiLn5rum, cum eis qui in agris erant. Hi septem reges
annos ducentds quadriiginta tres regnabant.
136. Write in Latin : —
1. Who was the first king of Rome?
2. Numa was the best king.
3. There were consuls instead of (pr5) kings.
1 Altar, altera, altemm, ^e other, < Poteatfts, -fttia, power.
* Co^oaO (2), restrain.
52
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
LESSON 46
137. PASSIVE VOICE OF VERBS, INDICATIVE MOOD
Present Tense
I am loved, etc.
SINGULAR
I.
a'mor
ama'xlB or -re
ami 'tor
2.
mo'neor
mone'iis or -re
mone'tor
3-
te'gor
te'geria or -re
te'gitar
4-
a'udior
audi'iis or -re
PLURAL
audi 'tor
I.
ama'mur
nyyia^twlni
ama'ntor
2.
mone'mur
mone'ntur
3-
te'gimur
tegi'mlni
tegu'ntur
4-
audi'mur
audi'mini
Imperfect Tense
Twos loved f etc.
SINGULAR
audiu'ntur
I.
ama'bar
amaba'xis or -re
amaba'tor
2.
mone'bar
moneba'xlB or -re
moneba'tor
3-
tege'bar
tegeba'xlB or -re
tegeba'tur
4.
audio "bar
audiebi'xlB or -re
PLURAL
audieba'tor
I.
amaba'mtir
amaba'miiii
amaba'ntnr
2.
moneba'mtir
moneba'mini
moneba'ntur
3-
tegebaWur
tegeba'miiii
tegeba'ntor
4-
audieba'mur
audieba'mlni
audieba'ntnr
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
53
t. ama'bor
2. mone'bor
3. te'gar
4. a'udlar
Future Tense
/ shall be laved
Lingular
amal)exls or -re
mone'beria or -re
tege'xis or -re
audie'xis or -re
ama'bitur
mone'bitur
tege'tor
audie'tor
1. ama'bimtir
2. mone'bimtir
3. tegeWur
4. audio 'mur
PLURAL
amabi'miiii
monebi'miiii
tege'mini
audio 'mini
amabu'ntnr
monebu'ntur
togo'ntur
audio 'ntur
Present Tense Endings
singular plural
-or
-lis
(-re)
-tur
-mur
-mini
-ntur
-bar
-bor
-ar
Imperfect Tense
-barls -batnr -bamur -bamini -bantur
(-bare)
Future Tense
-boria -bitur -bimur -bimini -buntur
(-bero)
-exis -etur -emur -emini -ontur
(-ero)
138. Give the present tense, Latin and English, of each of the
four verbs ; the imperfect tense ; the future tense.
Give the three tenses of —
oulpo, blame ; duoo, lead; do 'coo, teach.
X39« Write in Latin : We are advised ; children are taught ;
the shouts of the soldiers were heard ; they will not be loved.
54 EASY STEPS IN LATIN
LESSON 47
X40. PASSIVE VOICE OF VERBS, INDICATIVE MOOD
{Continued)
Perfect Tense
/ have been laved^ etc.
SINGULAR PLURAL
ama'tns \ ama'ti
BurnuB
mo'nitxui
teotoB
andi'toB
moniti
^ tecti
andi'ti
estis
sunt
Pluperfect Tense
I had bun tavedy etc
Participles as above, with eram, eras, etc.
Future Perfect Tense
I shall have been loved, etc.
Participles as above, with ero, eria, etc.
Z41. The perfect and future participles are declined like bonus,
and must be varied in gender, number, and case to agree with the
subject of the verb ; as —
The boys were warned, pneri moniti sunt.
The girls were warned, pueUae monitae sunt.
He says that the boys were warned,
Didt pueroB monitos esse.
He says that the girls were warned,
Didt paellas monies esse.
Rule. — The voluntary agent after a passive verb is expressed by
Ae ablative with a or ab.
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
55
142. Write in Latin : —
1. The slaves had been freed by their master.
2. Many wars were carried on (gero) by the Romans.
3. Numa was loved by the Romans.
4. Victoria, queen of Britain, has been praised by many.
5. Gaul was conquered by Caesar.
143
LESSON 48
J.
PASSIVE
VOICE, SUBJUNCTIVE
Present Tense
SINGULAR
MOOD
1.
a'mer
ame'rls or -re
ame'tur
2.
mo'near
monea'rls or -re
monea'tur
3-
te'gar
tega'rls or -re
tega'tur
4-
au'dlar
audiS'xis or -re
PLURAL
audia'tur
I.
ame'mur
ame'mini
ame'ntur
2.
monea'mur
monea'mlni
monea'ntnr
3-
tega'mur
tega'mini
tega'ntiir
4.
andia'mur
audia'mini
audia'ntur
*-.
Imperfect Tense
singular
I.
2.
moneVer
monere'rls or -re
monere'tor
3-
tegerer
tegere'ris or -re
tegere'tur
4.
audi'rer
audire'rls or -re
audire'tur
etc.
etc.
etc.
Perfect and pluperfect tenses are formed by the perfect passive
participles with aim, sis, sit, simuB, sitia, sint ; and essem, 1
eaaet, eaaemiui, eaaetia, eaaent.
56 EASY STEPS IN LATIN
144. Tenses denoting present or future time are called primary
tenses and must be followed in dependent clauses by the present
or perfect subjunctive. Those denoting past time are called sec-
ondary, and are followed by the imperfect or pluperfect subjunctive.
145. I. Write the subjunctive present of —
lando (i) dnoo (3) dooeo (2) Tenio (4)
2. Write the imperfect of —
oanto (i) BoribS (3)
3. Give the Latin for —
1. I hear; I heard; I had heard.
2. He hears ; he heard ; he will hear.
3. We heard ; we had heard ; we may hear,
4. I might hear ; I might have heard.
5. We shall hear ; we shall have heard.
6. We have heard ; you have heard.
LESSON 49 X
146. ACTIVE VOICE. IMPERATIVES OF TH!^ FOUR
CONJUGATIONS
Present Tense
^
Love thouj etc.
\
I
II
III
IV
Sing, 2.
a'ma
mo'ne
te'ge
au'di \
PL 2.
ama'te
mone'te
Future Tense
te'gite
audi'te*
Thou shalt love, etc.
1
Sing. 2, 3.
ama'to
mone'to
te'gito
audi'tsm^
PL 2.
amat5'te
moneto'te
tegito'te
audita '^F
3-
ama'nto
mone'nto
tegu'nto
audiu'nt^
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
57
Infinitives
I. To love, 2. To have loved, 3. To be about to loveytXc.
Pres, ama're mono 're te'gere audi're
Peff, amavi'sse monui'sse tezi'sse audivi'sse
Fut amatu'ruB esse monita'niB teotu'rua audita 'ma
Participles
Loving and about to lovey etc.
Pres.
a'manB mo'nenB
te'genB
au'diSna
Fut.
amatu'ruB, -a, -um monitu'rua
Gerunds
teotu'rus
audita 'nis
Gen.
tege'ndi
audie'ndi
Dat
9ma!nAOy for loving etc.
etc
etc.
Ace.
ama'ndum, lovir^
Abl.
aman'do, by loving
Supines
Ace.
ama'tom, to love mo'iiitum
tSotnm
audi'tum
Abl.
ama'tu, to be loved mo'nitu
teotu
audi'tu
147. The gerund is a verbal noun corresponding to the English
verbal noun in -ing. It is declined as a neuter noun of the second
declension, having four cases, the nominative being supplied by
the infinitive : vldere est credere, seeing is believing.
148. Participles are used as adjectives, agreeing with the nouns
they limit. They also have the nature of verbs, in that they
govern nouns : solem videns, beholding the sun.
149. The future participle and the accusative of the supine
are occasionally used to denote purpose : —
ibant regem visuri
ibant regem visum ,
■]th.y
were going to see the king.
Note. — Hereafter the accent placed on the accented syllable in preceding
lessons will be omitted except in special cases.
58
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
LESSON 50
150.
ROMAN NAMES
I.
2.
3.
4.
A Roman generally had three names : —
The Praenomen, his personal name ; as MarouB.
The N5men, the name of his tribe ox gens ; as Talliiui.
The Cognomen, the name of his family ; as Cicero.
Sometimes a fourth was added to indicate some distinction
or peculiarity ; as Publios Cornelias
Scipio AfrlcanuB, from his exploits
in Africa.
5. The cognomen often originated
in the same way : —
Cicero, from cioer, on account of a
wart about the size of a pea.
Scipio, a staffs a name given to Pu-
blius Cornelius, because he sup-
ported his blind father when he
came into the senate.
Rufos, red haired.
Naso, one who has a big nose.
Capito, big head,
daudios, lame,
FabrlciuB, Smith.
ngolos, Potter^ etc.
6. The praenomen often has a meaning : —
Mjaxoxm^a hammer. Axlv^^a flute. QyaxAxA^fifth. SeztuB,^/!x/^,etc.
SCIPIO AFRICANUS
Albos, white.
Niger, black.
151. Girls generally had only the name of their gens : —
The daughter of Gains lulius Caesar was lulia.
The daughter of Marcus TuUius Cicero was Tullia.
The daughter of Publius Cornelius Scipio was Cornelia.
Younger daughters would be lulia seounda, tertia, quarta, etc.
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
59
452. ABBREVIATIONS USED INSTEAD OF THE
PRAENOMEN
A.y Aulas M,, MarouB P., Publius 8., Sextos T., Titus
C, Qaius Cn., Gnaeus Q., Quintns £ler., Servius Tl., Tiberius
Note, — C, originally the same letter as Q.» stands for Gftios.
153.
LESSON 51
ENGLISH LESSON — DERIVATIVES
Nouns and adjectives have a diminutive form ending in : —
-lus -la -lum
-ulus -ula -ulum
-cuius -oula -oulum
fOi'olus, /iUle son,
from
niius, son.
Ubellus, /i/fU book,
tt
liber, dook.
versiculus, little verse,
((
versus, verse.
avunoulus, uncle,
t(
avus, grandfather.
gladi'olus, a flower,
it
gladius, sword.
puella, girl,
ti
puer, boy.
corolla, garland,
tt
corona, crown.
canicula, a little dog,
tt
Give the meaning of: —
libel versicle
canticle animalcule
2.
154. Adjectives ending in -az
generally one that is faulty; as —
Latin
audaz, from audeo, dare,
ferox " iersL, a wild deast,
loquax " loquor, speak,
pugnax " pugno, Jight,
tenax '' teneo, hold,
or -ox express a tendency,
English
audacious, too bold.
ferocious, too fierce.
loquacious, too talkative.
pugnacious, too full of fight.
tenacious, too grasping.
6o EASY STEPS IN LATIN
155* Spell and define : —
capacious veracious foliaceous
Decline audlx ; ferox. Compare them.
LESSON 52
156. PASSIVE VOICE. IMPERATIVES OF THE FOUR
CONJUGATIONS
Present
Be thou lavedy etc.
I
II III
IV
Sing. 2, amaVe
mone're te'gere
audi're
mone'mini tegi'mini
audi'mini
Sing. 2.
3.
Pi. 3.
ama'tor
ama'ntor
I. Pres.
I. To be.
ama'ri
Future
Thou shalt be Urvedy etc.
mone'tor te'gitor audi'tor
mone'tor te'gitor audi'tor
mone'ntor tegu'ntor audin'ntor
Infinitives
2. To have been. 3. To be about to be.
mone'ri tegi audi'ri
2. Perf. ama'tus OMe mo'nitus ease teotus ease audi'tua esae
3. Put. ama'tom iri mo'nitam iri tectum iri audi'tum iri
Participles
Perf. Loved or having been loved. Fut. To be loved.
Petf. ama'toa mo'nitua tectua audi'tua
Fut. ama'ndua mone'ndtui tege'ndua audie'ndua
157. Translate: —
Secundo anno iterum Tarquinius Roraanis bellum intulit. Por-
senna, rex Tusciae, ei auxilium ferebat et paene R5mam capiebat.
EASY STEPS IN LATIN 6i
Porsenna autem anno tertio pacem cum Romanls fecit et Tarqui-
nius Tusculum se contulit.
158. Give the principal parts of intulit, ferebat, oontulit.
Decline paz, pads, peace, omitting the genitive plural.^ Write
in Latin : —
1 . Porsenna made war on Rome.
2. The Romans cast out Tarquin from the city.
fero, ferre, tuli, latus, fo bear, auxUium, -i (n.), aid.
bellum inferre (with the dative), to make war upon.
86 oonferre, to betake one^s self.
LESSON
53
FORMED AND COMPARED
Adverb
Comparative
Superlative
care
cariuB
caxlsBime
misere
misexiuB
miserxlme
acriter
acrios
aoexilme
159. ADVER
Adjective
oarus, dear «
miser, wretched
acer, eager*
1. In adjectives of the second declension the adverb is formed
by adding -e to the stem, removing the final vowel. In the third
declension, -ter is added to the stem.
2. The comparative and superlative of the adverb are derived
from the comparative and superlative of the adjective : —
Adjective. bonuB melior optimuB good
Adverb. bene melius optime well
3. The comparative of the adverb is the same as the neuter
singular of the comparative of the adjective. Therefore, an
irregular adjective will cause an irregular adverb : —
male peios pessime ill
multom plus pluximum much
^ Most monosyllabic nouns of the third declension lack the genitive plural^
62 EASY STEPS IN LATIN
x6o. like oams compare adverbs from —
longiiB gratus latus avidxm, greedy firmiui
Like acriter^ compare —
faxtitmr, drave/y; dShg^tmr, diHgen^y; ^d&iter, /aUh/ulfy.
I. The accusative and ablative cases are often used as adverbs :
mQltam, much; multo^ (Jfy) much.
LESSON 54
l6x. ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE
1. Instead of a subordinate clause, to express time, cause, man-
ner, condition, or circumstance, an ablative phrase is sometimes used
in Latin and is called the Ablative Absolute. The phrase consists
of a noun and a participle, the noun taking the place of the sub-
ject and the participle of the predicate : —
bello Hnito, when the war was over.
urbe condita, when the city was founded.
2. As the verb sum has no present participle, twa nouns or a
noun and an adjective may form an ablative absolute : —
-. , , f when Caesar was consul.
Caesare cSnaule i . ^, i i.'m x r^
\ tn the consulship of Caesar.
162. Write in Latin : —
1. When the census was taken,^ Rome had 83,000 citizens.
2. Other* things being equal,^ we like the city.
3. God willing,* we will go* home to-morrow.
4. When Messala and Piso were consuls, Gaul was conquered.
5. When Numitor had been driven out, Amulius reigned.
census, -us, census. Piso, Pisonis, Piso.
eacpello (3), e'zpuli, expulsus, drive out.
1 habe5 (2). < pftr, paxls. ^ Ib5, fut. tense.
3 oeterus, -a, -mn. * vol6ns, -entis.
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
63
163*
LESSON 55
ENGLISH LESSON. DERIVATIVES
Adjectives in -osub and -lentus (Latin), -ose and -lent (English),
mean fuU of.
verbose, full of words^ from verbmn, word.
lachrymose, full of tears ^ " laorlma, tear.
jocose, full of jest,
pestilent, full of disease,
violent, full of force,
Spell and define : —
somnolent corpulent opulent fraudulent
" iooQB, Jest
" pestia, plague.
*i vis, strength.
164. The suffixes -arium, -toxlum, -soxlum (Latin), -ary, -tory,
-sory (English), signify place.
dormitory, from dorxnio, sleep
lavatory, " lavo, bathe or wash firom verbs.
laboratory, " laboro, work
aquarium, from aqua, water
aviary, " avis, bird from nouns.
library, " liber, book
Spell and define : —
conservatory fiictory directory dictionary
165.
LESSON 56
IRREGULAR VERBS
The most common verbs in all languages are generally irregular
in conjugation. (Why?) Sum is the best example of this; and
next to sum in importance are the following : —
64
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
Subjunctives
ENGLISH
Principal Parts
Present
Imperfect
lam able
poMmn^
POMG
potui
posaim
poBsem
I go
eo
ire
iviorii
itmn
earn
irem
Iwish
volo
veUe
volui
vellem
I do not wish
nolo
nolle
nolui
nolim
nollem
/prefer
I become
malo
malle
malm
m?11m
fio
fieri
f aotus smn
Ham
fierem
/bear
fero
ferre
tuK
latos
feram
ferrem
lam borne
feror
fern
latussmn
ferar
ferrer
The perfect tenses are regular, formed on the perfect stem
potu-, volu-, etc.
i66. Inflect the pluperfect indicative of each; the present
subjunctive ; the imperfect subjunctive ; the perfect subjunctive ;
the future perfect indicative.
LESSON 57
167. IRREGULAR VERBS, PRESENT STEM
Indicative Mood
singular
PLURAL
posamn
potes
potest
possmnos
potestis
possmit
volo
vis
vult
volmnos
vultis
volunt
nolo
non vis
non vult
nolmnos
non vultis
nolmit
malo
mavis
mavult
n|qji|Tyii1ii^
mavultis
malunt
eo
is
it
imos
itis
emit
^ Possmn is compounded of the adjective potds, abUf and the verb smn.
Whenever the verb begins with a vowel, the prefix is pot-; as poteram,
poterd.
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
65
SINGULAR
fero
fers
fert
feror
ferxis
fertor
fio
He
fit
pot-eram
-eras
-erat
vol-e
nol-e
mH-e
•bam
-bis
-bat
1
fere
fer-e-bar
-baria
-batur
fi-e-bam
-ebas
-ebat ,
pot-ero
-eris
-eilt
vol-
nol-
-am
-es
-et
mal- .
i-b5
-bis
-bit
fer-am
-es
-et
fer-ar
-erls
-etur
fi-am
-es
-et
PLURAL
f exlmus fertls ferunt
f exlmur f eilmini ferantar
fimus fitia firmt
-eramus
-bamus
-eratis
-batis
-exlmus
-emus
-eiltia
-etia
-erant
-bant
-bamur -bamlni -bantixr
-ebamus -ebatia -ebant
-erunt
-ent
•bimus
-bitis
-bunt
-emus
-etis
-ent
-emur
-emini
-entur
emus
-etis
-ent
Subjunctive Mood
pos-sim
-Sis
-sit
-simus
.Bitis
-sint
vel-im
-is
-it
-imus
-itis
-int
nol-am
-as
-at
-amus
-atis
•ant
mal-im
-is
-it
-imus
-itis
-int
fer
-am
e J
-as
-at
-amus
-atis
-ant
fer-ar
-iris
-atur
-amur
-aminr
-antur
fi-am
-as
-at
-amus
-atis
-ant
poB-sem
-ses
-set
-semus
-setis
-sent
vel
n51
-lem
-les
-let
-lemus
-letis
•lent
mai .
EASY STEPS
IN LAT. — 5
66
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
SINGULAR
PLURAL
1
-rem
far
-res
-ret
-remuB
-retis
-rent
fer-rer
-rexis
-retur
-remur
-rentur
fie-rem
-rea
-ret
-remiiB
Participles
-retia
-rent
potens, -entis, powerful
volens, -entis, willing
nolens, -entis, unwilling
ferens, -entis, carrying
iens, euntia, ^oing
fadendua, ferendua, to be done,
borne
Present
poaae
velle
nolle
malle
ire
ferre
ferri
fieri
Infinitives
Perfect
potuiaae
voluiaae
noluiaae
maluiaae
ivlaae
tullase
latua eaae
factua eaae
Future
iturua
latorua eaae
latum iri
f aotmn iri
l68. Give the Latin for : —
I. I wish. 2. They were going. 3. They can go. 4. They
will be willing. 5. They are not willing. 6. I prefer. 7. You
have gone. 8. Go. 9. I am able to write. 10. We shall go to
the city. 11. Bring us help. 12. He carried the boys to his
cottage.
ROMAN coins
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
67
LESSON 58
169. IRREGULAR VERBS, PERFECT STEM
Indicative Mood
PLURAL
pot-n
vol-u
nol-u
mal-u
£.(v)
tul
latuB
f actus
pot-u
vol-u
nol-u
mal-u
i-(v)
tul
latus 1
f actus j
pot-u
v61-u
nol-u
mal-u
£-(v)
tul
latus
factus
-1
-iBti -it
-imuB
-iBtia
-erunt
- sum 68
est
lati
facti
-eram -eras -erat
eram eras erat
sumus estia sunt
-eratis -erant
flati ]
< ^ , \ eramus eratis erant
[ f acti J
-ero
• ero
-eris -erit
erls erlt
-eilmus
•eritis -erint
lati
facti
erimns exitis erunt
pot-u
vol-u
nol-u )
Subjunctive Mood
-exlm -erls -exit -exlmus
-eiltis -erint
68
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
mal-u
l-(v)
tul
latus
factua
pot-u
vd-u
nol-u
mal-u
|.(v)
tul
latus
faotus
Present
SING. PLURAL
noli nolite
1 ite
fer ferte
n nte
SINGULAR
-erlm -eris -erit
aim warn ait
-iMem -isses -isset
-eilmuB
PLURAL
-exltia -erlnt
flati
jfaoti
.)
simuB sitia aint
-laaemua
-iaaetia -iaaent
flati 1
{ . . r eaaemua eaaetia eaaent
[faoti J
Imperative Mood
Future
SINGULAR PLURAL
nolito nolito nolitote nolunto
ito ito it5te eunto
ferto ferto fertote fenmto
17a. Write in Latin : —
I. I am going out of the city. 2. Horatius went first, carrying
the cloak (palla, -ae). 3. We do not wish to go to Rome.
4. Let there be light (luz). 5. I wish to go, you wish to remain,
my brother wishes to write a letter. 6. We prefer to walk.
7. You will soon be able to walk in the fields. 8. Caesar and
Cicero became consuls. 9. The king will go into the city.
10. I am not able to go. 11. I cannot go. 12. I prefer to re-
main at home.
Note. — After many English verbs the sign to of the infinitive is omitted.
Some of these verbs are bid, do^ dare, lei, hear, think, feel, see; as, —
I saw him do it. I heard him say it.
I bade him tell me. I can not let you gQ,
X
^Y STEPS
IN LATIN
71
The last example 4
to allow you to go,*^
Boribo, Bcriberei
en
H
en
(^ius aliud dicit.
^ ^ant.
W
171.
EN4
R
1. Verbs endiiS
as caleo, to be w{
called inceptives <l
similar ending ; ai
convalescet
effervescent
2. Verbs ending
sideratives : em5 (j
A? buy.
3. Verbs ending in -1116 (i) denote feeble action and are called
diminutives : canto, to singy cantillo, chirp or warble,
4. Verbs ending in -to or -so denote frequent or intense action
and are called intensives or frequentatives : ago, Move^ agito,
shake or tremble ; ourro, run^ curso, to run about.
^^A/wuiio \^)y to desire
172. Spell and define : —
agitate dictate hesitate
pulsate
captivate
173. Name English words derived from the following verbs : —
1. acciiso 9. occupo 17. ascendo
2. armo 10. separo 18. descends
3. honoro 11. sTgnifico 19. committo
4. interrogo 12. regno 20. compello
5. laboro 13. contineo 21. divido
6. libero 14. retineo 22. evado
7. navigo 15. respondeo 23. secedo
8. numero 16. terre5 24. subscribd
70 EASY STEPS IN LATIN
LESSON 60
174. IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES
Six adjectives in -ub and three in -er have the genitive singular
in -ius, and the dative singular in -i. These are : —
aUus,
another, totus, whole.
alter,
the other {of two) ,
nuUufi
I, no one. ullus, any.
neuter, neither.
BOlUB,
alone, unus, one.
uter
which {0/ two).
Alius is declined : —
Singular
Plural
M, F. I^,
M,
F, N.
Nom.
alius a'lia a'Uud
a'lii
aliae alia
Gen.
ali'us
alio 'rum alia 'rum alio 'rum
Dat
a'lii
a'liiB
Ace.
a'lium aliam a'liud
a'UoB
a'lias a'lia
AbL
a'Uo alia alio
a'liiB
Alter keeps the e in declension ; neuter and uter lose it.
Alter also has a short penult, alte'rius.
175. SYNONYMS
1. Alter is used when one more is mentioned besides the one
previously spoken of; alius has a difference implied: alius in
aliam partem discedebant, they departed^ one going one way and
another^ another.
2. Ceteri and reliqui, meaning the others or the rest, are often
used without distinction. Generally reliqui means the remainder
after some have been deducted.
3. Omnes, all, without exception , in opposition to unus ; cuncti,
all combined {oon-iunoM) , in opposition to dispersi; cunctus and
universus mean a whole made up of parts ; totus and integer mean
a whole which may be broken up.
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
176. Translate: —
Alias aHam amat. AHos aliud didt.
Fratres alter alterum amant.
Alu ducem laadant, alu cnlpant.
Hortensiiis cam reliqois bonis dWbos venit.
Ceteiis paribas. Et cetera.
71
LESSON 61
177-
SPECIAL DECLENSIONS
Senez (m.);
Inppiter,
Vto (f.),
B5b (m. and f.),
old man.
Jupiter.
strength.
ox or ccw.
Singular.
Nom.
senex
lappiter
▼IB
bos
Gen.
senis
lovis
Dat
seni
lovi
bovi
Ace.
senem
lovem
vim
bovem
AM.
Bene
love '
vi
bove
Plural
N.,Acc.,
V. senes
▼ireB
boveB
G.
senmn
Tmium
bourn or bovum
D,, Abl.
senibuB
viiibuB
bobuB or bubuB
178. Translate (Roman History III) : —
Deinde R5mulus et Remus urbem in iisdem locis, ubi educati
fuerant, condiderunt: sed orta est contentio uter nomen novae
urbl daret/ eamque regeret^: adhibuere auspicia. Remus prior*
sex vultures, Romulus duodecim vidit. Sic R5mulus, augurio
victor, Romam vocavit.
^ An indirect question takes its verb in the subjunctive.
2 Prae or pr6, prior, pthaxxB, fore, former, Jirst.
72
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
179»
condo (3), -didi, -^Xxm, found,
build.
oAor (4), ortoB sum, arise,
auBpiciumy -i (n.), an omeUy
auspice.
▼ultur, -mis (m.), vulture,
augaiium, -i (n.), augury,
ubi, adv., where,
educo (i), bring up,
contention -onis (f.), strife.
VOCABULARY
adhibeo (2), -hibui, -hibitiui,
turn to,
infanB, -antis, child, under seven
years,
puer, -i, child, from 7 to 16.
adnleBoens,-enti8,^^/y/^, 16 to 18.
luveniB, -is, youth, 18 to 24.
vlr, man, 30 to 40.
veto», old, 50 to 60.
senex, old, after 60.
180.
LESSON 62
ENGLISH LEgSON — DERIVATIVES
Duco (3), diud, ductus, lead ox draw.
duke induce
aqueduct
inductive
duct produce
viaduct
deductive
ductUe reduce
conduct
education
Poro (3), tuli, lata», bear or
carry.
ferry infer
circumference
collate
fertile offer
* difference
dilate
refer prefer
reference
relate
Fade (3), feci, facta», do or
make.
facile confection
deficient
benefit
factor perfection
efficient
counterfeit '
factory affection
proficient
surfeit ^
Dico (3), diad, dictu», say 01
• tell.
verdict dictionary
edict
dictatorial
diction jurisdiction
predict
benedict
dictation contradict
dictator
1 Counterfeit va\ surfeit come to us from the Latin through the French.
EASY STEPS IN LATIN 73
Note. — These four verbs are much used in every language. "What reason
can you give for this fact? Probably for this reason, the present imperative
active loses the final e and takes the form
die due fac fer
This form is retained in compounds ; as, —
Sdiic, bring out,
odnier, compare (English abbreviation, cf^^
LESSON 63
181. THE PERIPHRASTIC! CONJUGATIONS— ACTIVE
The future active participle is used with the tenses of the verb
sum to denote intention or futurity : amatunui sum, / am about to
love.
It is used with —
sum, eram, ero, in the indicative ;
aim, essem, in the subjunctive ;
esse, in the infinitive.
Pui and its compounds are sometimes used instead of sum.
182. Translate: —
1. Caesar copias suas moturus est.
2. Morituri saliitamus.
3. Caesar cum sola decima legione abiturus erat.
4. Pro patria nostra pugnatiiri sumus.
5. Ariovistus ad Caesarem legates missurus est.
183. Give the Latin for : —
1. I am going to write, to advise, to listen, to praise.
2. We are about to go to Rome.
3. He is about to fall,* to go.
^ Greek, peri^phrasis, Latin, circumlocution, English, round-about speech,
» caas (3), cecldl, oasurus.
74 EASY STEPS IN LATIN
" O never translate, puer admodum care,
*/ am going to plow ' ' Bum iens arare ' ;
With * eo ' this verb has nothing to do.
Be ' sum aratuniB ' the Latin for you."
LESSON 64
184, THE PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATIONS— PASSIVE
Commit to memory : —
mihi Boribendum est, / must write.
Ubi Bcribendum est^ you must write,
ei Bcribendum eat, he must write,
nobis soribendum est, we must write,
vobis Bcribendum est, you must write,
eia Bcribendum est^ they must write.
The form Bcribendum is of the neuter gender, and indicates
that in the translation the subject is "it," therefore the literal
rendering is —
// must be written by me^ by you, by him, etc.
Rule. — With the participle in -dus the dative is used to denote
the agent.
The participle in -duB, also called the gerundive, used with the
tenses of ease, forms the passive periphrastic conjugation, and
denotes obligation or necessity.
185. Write in Latin : —
1. We must save (= aervo) our country.^
2. You must read this book^ (read = lego (3)).
1 What is the subject when used with the gerundive?
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
75
3. All men must die (die = morior) .
4. The farmer must plow.
5. I must go (eundum), they must go, we must go.
ANCIENT ROMAN PLOW
LESSON 65
186. DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS
HIo, this
Singular
Plural
M.
F.
N,
M.
F,
N.
Nom.
hie
haeo
hoc
hi
hae
haeo
Gen.
huiuB
horum
han^wt
honim
Dat
huio
his
Ace.
hiino
banc
hoc
hos
has
haeo
Abl.
h5o
hac
hoc
hiB
nie, thaty iste, that, and ipse, self^ are declined like bonus, with
the following exceptions : —
M. F. N.
Nom. ille ilia illud
Gen. illi'us
Dat. iUi
M. F. N.
iste ista istud
isti'iis
isti
M. F j\r.
ipse ipsa ipsum
ipsi'us
ipsi
BGc refers to what is near the speaker in time, place, or thought,
and is called the demonstrative of the first person.
76
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
Iste refers to what is near the person spoken /b, and is called
the demonstrative of the second person.
Hie refers to what is distant from the speaker in time, place, or
thought, and is called the demonstrative of the third person.
ffio and ille, used in contrast, mean latter zxiA former.
iBte often implies contempt ; ille, honor : —
ille Cicero iste Catilina
187. Write in Latin : —
1. These men are our friends ; those, our enemies.
2. These roses are red ; those are white.
3. I will give this girl a trumpet ; that one a rose.
4. That (wretch) Manlius was a friend of Catiline.
5. That (glorious) orator Cicero saved Rome.
LESSON
66
188. RELATIVE
AND
INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS
Singula»
Plural
M.
F,
AT.
M. F. N-.
Norn, qui
quae
quod
qui quae quae
Gen.
cuius
quorum quarum quorum
Dat.
cui
quibuB
Ace. quein
quam
quod
quoB quaa quae
Abl. quo
qua
quo
quibuB
Rule. — A relative agrees with its antecedent in gender and
number y but its case depends upon the construction of the clause in
which it stands.
The interrogative has two forms, quia, substantive, and qui,
adjective ; neuter, quid or quod : —
Quia est homo, who is the man ?
Qui est homo, what kind of man is he ?
EASY STEPS IN LATIN JJ
189. VOCABULARY
(Compounds of qui and qois)
quisquam, any one, aliquis, -qua, -quid, some one.
quisque, every one, nescio quia, / know not who, =
quidaxn, a certain one, qtiidam, some one,
Aliquia has -qua instead of -quae in the neuter plural.
Talis . . . qualis, such ,,, as, tot ,, , quot, as many . . , as,
tantus . . . quantuB, as great . . , as, are called correlatives : —
Quales duces, tales sunt milites, as the leaders, so are the soldiers,
Quot homines, tot sententiae, as many minds as there are men,
Qualis dominus, tales sunt servi, as is the master, so are the slaves.
LESSON 67
190. «CUM" CLAUSES
1. Cum causal, meaning since, and cum concessive, meaning
although, take the subjunctive in all tenses.
2. Cum temporal, meaning when, takes the imperfect and plu-
perfect in the subjunctive, other tenses in the indicative.
191. Translate, naming the kind of clause : —
1. Cum sit bellum civfle, ex urbe venite.
2. Cum nihil habeamus, felices sumus.
3. Cum venissent, in senatum introducti sunt.
4. Cum Romae essem, Ciceronem audiebam.
5. Cum. vita brevis sit, laboremus.
6. Cum Caesar esset in Gallia, riimores belli audiebantur.
7. Cum quattuor annos regnavisset, mortuus est.
8. Cum id niintiatum esset, Caesar ab urbe profectus est,
9. Peciiniam non dabat, cum posset.
10. Dol5 pugnabat, cum par non esset armis,
I^OTE. — These subjunctives are closely alUe4,
78 EASY STEPS IN LATIN
LESSON 68
192. THE USES OF THE GENITIVE
1. The genitive denotes possession : libri dceronis, Cicero's
books,
2. The partitive genitive denotes the whole of which a part is
taken : nihil novi, nothing new.
Cardinal numbers take an ablative with ex or de, instead of the
partitive genitive : unus ez militibuB, one of the soldiers,
3. The genitive is used with adjectives denoting desire, knowl-
edge, memory, fullness, power, sharing, guilt, and their opposites :
cupiduB gloriae, eager for glory ,
193. Translate: —
1. Unus ex his decemviris erat Appius Claudius.
2. Horum omnium fortissimi sunt Belgae.
3. Patris iussii consulis filius occisus est.
4. Ille peritus rei militaris erat.
5. Tairquinii reges pleni superbiae erant.
194. VOCABULARY
decemvir, -i (m.), one of ten men occido (3), -cidi, -oibub, to kill,
chosen as governors, superbia, -ae {{,), pride,
Belga, -ae (m.), a Belgian, iuasus, -iiB (m.), command,
peritus, -a, -mn, skilled, order,
laua, laudis (f.), praise, parens, -entis (m.), parent,
militaiis, -e, military, oura, -ae (f.), care,
195. Write in Latin : —
1. The Romans were skilled in miHtary matters.
2. Roman soldiers were fond of praise.
3. Three of the soldiers were brothers.
4. A part of the soldiers came from the city.
5. All soldiers are eager for glory.
EASY STEPS IN LATIN 79
LESSON 69
196. USES OF THE DATIVE
1. The dative denotes that to or for which anything is done :
tlbi gratiaB ago, I give thanks to you.
2. Verbs or adjectives including the idea expressed by to 01 /or
take the dative : orede mlhl, believe me, i,e, give credence to me ;
difficile mihi, difficult for me.
The most common of these are verbs meaning to favor, help,
please, serve, trust, and their contraries, also to believe, persuade,
command, obey, envy, threaten, pardon, and spare.
Give, for each of the foregoing verbs, an equivalent expression,
including the preposition to ; as to favor = to show favor to ; to
command =^ to give orders to.
3. The dative is used with sum and similar verbs to denote
possession : mihi est pater, / have a father,
4. Two datives are used with a few verbs, one to denote the
object to which, and the other to denote the purpose or end for
which : patri honori est, he is an honor {for an honor) to his
father. \
197. Translate : —
1. Mihi carrus, tibi equus est.
2. Romulus agros Sabin5rum urbl adiunxit.
3. Tibi persuadebo ut id facias.
4. Numa paci (peace) n5n bello favebat.
5. Roman! flliis suls non indulgebant.
6. Pueri parentibus curae sunt.
7. Pater est mihi domi.
adiungo (3), -iunxi, -iunotos, to annex, Join to.
persuadeo (2), -suasi, -suasuB, to persuade, urge to,
faveo (2), favi, fauturus, to favor, be partial to,
indulgeo (2), -dulai, -dultus, to indulge, give way to.
8o EASY STEPS IN LATIN
LESSON 70
198. ENGLISH RECITATION
Then out spake brave Horatius,
The Captain of the gate,
*' To every man upon this earth
Death cometh soon or late.
And how can man die better
Than facing fearful odds
For the ashes of his fathers
And the temples of his Gods?
" Hew down the bridge, Sir Consul,
With all the speed ye may ;
I, with two more to help me,
Will hold the foe in play ;
In yon strait path a thousand
May well be stopped by three.
Now who will stand on either hand
# And keep the bridge with me?"
Then out spake Spurius Lartius ;
A Ramnian proud was he :
" Lo, I will stand at thy right hand
And keep the bridge with thee.*'
And out spake strong Herminius ;
Of Titian blood was he :
" I will abide on thy left side,
And keep the bridge with thee/'
** Horatius," quoth the consul,
" As thou sayest, so let it be."
And straight against that great array
Forth went the dauntless three.
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
8l
For Romans in Rome's quarrel
Spared neither land nor gold,
Nor son nor wife, nor limb nor life,
In the brave days of old.
— Macaulay*s " Lays of Ancient Rome."
199.
LESSON 71
ROMAN HISTORY IV
Lars Porsenna, rex Etriiscorum, infesto
exercitu Romam venit. Primo impetu
arcem cepit. P5ns sublicius iter paene
hostibus dedisset, nisi unus vir, Horatius
Codes, illo cognomine appellatus quod
in alio proelio oculum amiserat, fortis
atque strenuus fuisset. Is solus aciem
hostium sustinuit, donee pons a tergo
interrumperetur. Ponte rescisso, arma-
tus in Tiberim desiluit et incolumis ad suos elves tranSvit^
200.
infestuB, -a, -mn, hostile,
impetus, -us (m.), attack,
tergum, -i (n.), back ; a tergo,
in the rear.
proelitkm, -i (n.), battle.
ooulus, -i (m.), eye,
pons, pontis (m.), bridge.
iter, itinerls (n.), road, pas-
sage,
donee, until.
nisi, // not, unless,
sublicius, -a, -um, of piles.
strenuus, -a, -um, vigorous,
EASY STEPS IN LAT. — 6
VOCABULARY
incolumis, -e, safe.
trano (i), swim over.
amitto (3), -misi, -missus, lose.
sustineo (2), -ui, -tentus, with-
stand.
resoindo (3), -scidi, -scissus,
cut down.
intemunpo (3), -rupi, -ruptus,
break down,
desilio (4),
down.
arm5 (i), arm.
appello (i), call.
-ui, -sultus, leap
82 EASY STEPS IN LATIN
Note. — " Description of the Tiber" (John Ruskin) : —
" A thunderstorm swelled the Tiber yesterday, and it rolled over its mill
weirs in heaps, literally, of tossed water, the size of haycocks, but black-brown
like coffee with the grounds in it, mixed with a very little yellow milk. In
some lights the foam flew like cast handfuls of heavy gravel "
LESSON 72
201. THE ACCUSATIVE CASE
1. Duration of time and extent of space are expressed by the
accusative : vlr multos annos domi vudt, the man lived at home
many years,
2. The place to which is expressed by the accusative with ad or
in; names of towns, also domus and ruB (the country) ^ omit the
preposition : dommn ite, go home.
3. Verbs of asking, demanding, teaching, and celo, conceal^ take
two accusatives, one of the person and the other of the thing :
dooere pueros elementa, to teach boys their l-m-n^s (a-d-c^s).
202. Translate: —
1. Puer domum ibat.
2. Ille tria passuum milia ab lurbe castra ponit.
3. Consul ab urbe Athenas venit.
4. Pueri puellaeque rus ibunt
5. lulius Caesar, quaestor factus, in Hispaniam profectus est.
6. Romulus urbem novam Romam ex suo nomine vocat.
7. Camillus triumphans Romam venit.
8. Tres dies ab Roma ad Genavam continenter iverunt.
9. Romulus septem et triginta annos regnavit.
rufl, ruriB (n.), the country, quaestor, -oris (m.), a quaestor
proficiscor (3), profectus sum, or treasurer^ a Roman magis-
set out trate.
passus, -us (m.), pace ; mille triumpho (i), triumph.
passuum, a mile. continenter, constantly.
EASY STEPS IN LATIN 83
LESSON 73
203. THE ABLATIVE CASE
1. The voluntary agent of a verb in the passive voice is put in
the ablative with a ^r ab : Caesar a mDitibua amabatur^ Caesar
was loved by his soldiers,
2. Cause, manner, and means are expressed by the ablative
without a preposition : occisus gladio, slain by the sword.
3. Comparatives without quam are followed by the ablative.
4. So are the deponent verbs utor, fruor, fungor, potior, vesoor.
pater sapientior quam niius est, | the father is wiser
pater sapientior filio est, J than the son,
vita fmi, to enjoy life.
Note. — Deponent verbs are so named because they " lay aside " the active
fonn. They retain the active meaning, though they have the participles of
both voices.
204. Translate : —
1. Patria mea carior vita est.
2. S51 maior quam terra est.
3. Tribiini a populo creati sunt.
4. Urbs Roma a Gallis paene capta est.
5. Galli tamen a Camill5 victi sunt.
6. Remus a fratre su5 occisus est.
7. Britannia maior quam Hibemia est.
8. Caesar a Bruto gladio interfectus est.
205. VOCABULARY
utor, uta, usus sum, use, interfioio (3), -feci, -feotus, kilL
fruor, frui, fructus, enjoy, quam, conj., than,
fungor, -i, functus, use, perform, tribunus, -i (m.), tribune,
potior, potiri, potitus, seize, creo (i), elect, make,
▼escor, vesci, eat ox live upon, Hibemia, -ae (f.), Ireland^
84 EASY STEPS IN LATIN
Define : —
utilize
function fruit
finition
useful perfunctory
LESSON 74
usual
206, ENGLISH RECITATION
Read the entire poem and commit to memory ten lines : —
Straightway Virginius led the maid a little space aside
To where the reeking shambles stood piled up with horn and hide.
Hard by a flesher on a block had laid his whittle down.
Virginius caught the whittle up and hid it in his gown.
And then his eyes grew very dim and his throat began to swell,
And in a hoarse changed voice he spake, " Farewell, sweet child !
farewell !
The house that was the happiest within the Roman walls.
The house that envied not the wealth of Capua's marble halls,
Now, for the brightness of thy smile, must have eternal gloom.
And for the music of thy voice, the silence of the tomb.
Then clasp me round the neck once more and give me one more
kiss.
And now, mine own dear little girl, there is no way but this."
With that he lifted high the steel, and smote her in the side,
And in her blood she sank to earth, and with one sob she died.
When Appius Claudius saw that deed, he shuddered and sank
down.
And hid his face some little space with the comer of his gown,
Till with white lips and bloodshot eyes Virginius tottered nigh
And stood before the judgment seat^ and held the knife on high.
" Oh ! dwellers in the nether gloom, avengers of the slain ;
By this dear blood I cry to you, do right between us twain;
EASY STEPS IN LATIN 85
And e'en as Appius Claudius hath dealt by rae and mine,
Deal you with Appius Claudius and all the Claudian line."
Appius Claudius was the chief of a Council of Ten to which the
state had been committed. He attempted, by means of one of his
cUents, to take by force a beautiful young girl, the daughter of a
soldier. This client, Marcus, seized the girl as a slave, and the
case was tried before Appius, who of course decided in favor of
the claim, but the girl was saved from servitude and dishonor by
her father Virginius, who stabbed her in the sight of the whole
Forum. This was the signal for a general rebellion, and Appius
escaped the executioner only by committing suicide.
— - Macaulay's " Lays of Ancient Rome."
LESSON 75
207. ROMAN HISTORY V
Anno trecentesimo et altero ab urbe condita imperium consulare
cessavit et pr5 duobus consulibus decem facti sunt, qui summam
potestatem haberent, decemviri nominati. Sed cum primo anno
bene egissent, secundo iinus ex his, Appius Claudius, Vergini filiam
corrumpere voluit; quam pater occidit et regressus ad milites
tumultum movit. Decemviri damnati sunt.
208. VOCABULARY
trecenteaimus, -a, -um, 300th, ago (3), egi, actus, dOy act,
alter ( = aeoundus) , second, oomimpo (3), -rupi, -ruptus, se-
imperium, -i (n.), rule, duce, lead away,
oomitilaria, -e, consular, regredior, -gredi, -greBsus, return,
tumultuB, -us (m.), revolt, moveo (2), movi, motus, stir up,
oesso (i), cease, damno (i), condemn,
209. QUESTIONS
Account for the forms : unus ez his ; Vergini ; ab urbe oonditii.
What is the rule for the subjunctive egissent? haberent?
86 EASY STEPS IN LATIN
Compare aninmam. Give the rule for anno (20, d).
Decline onus. What other words are similarly declined ?
RegressuB = re-gradior, to walk back. Give the English mean-
ings of egresSy ingress, progress , congress. Give the principal parts
of regredior, with special attention to accent (see vocabulary) .
Name as many English words as possible derived from ago^
from movQo, from unus, from miles.
210. Write in Latin : —
1. Instead of kings, consuls were chosen.
2. Instead of consuls, decemvirs were chosen.
3. One of the decemvirs was named Appius Claudius.
4. His grandfather, another Appius Claudius, was also^ wicked.
5. Verginius was a brave Roman soldier.
LESSON 76
2X1. ALFRED AND THE CAKES
Alfredus, rex Britannorum, saepe cum Dams pugnabat. Pri-
mum Dani copias regias vincebant, et rex hospitium ab incolis
casae parvae petit. Incolae, inscil figurae regis, hospiti cenam
exiguam durumque lectum benigne praebent. Postridie ad labo-
rem contendunt
212. Give the rule for Dania( 20,/), figurae (7), regis, hospiti,
incolis, casae, lectum, laborem.
Compare durum, parvae, benigne, saepe.
Inflect each verb in the tense given.
When did the Danes invade Britain?
213. Write in Latin : —
I. The Danes were often conquered by the Britons (21).
a. The king went to the farmer's hut (13).
1 quoque.
EASY STEPS IN LATIN 8/
3. Let us ask (30) hospitality from the farmer.
4. The farmer is going to his work.
5. Many kings have been exiles.
214. VOCABULARY
Dani, -onim (m.), the Danes, postridie, the next day,
primum, adv., at first, labor, -oris (m.), toil, work,
hoBpltium, hoBpi'ti (n.), hospi- inacluB, -a, -um, not knowing,
tality, exiguns, -a, -um, adj .,poor, scanty,
regiuB, -a, -um, royal, benigne, adv., kindly,
figura, -ae (f.), appearance, praebeo (2), -ui, -itus, provide,
hospes, -itds (m.), guest, oontendo (3), -i, -tentus, set
lectus, -i (m.), bed, couch, out.
LESSON 77
215. ALFRED AND THE CAKES {Continued)
Agricola oves pascit; uxor aedes verrit; rex ignem incendit
libaque torret. Mox tamen quod Alfredus, multis curis anxius,
laborem praetermittit, flammae liba adurunt. At uxor agricolae,
ubi factum videt, plena Ira, hospitem increpat, et dextra regias
aures verberat. Sed rex patienter poenam tolerat.
216. Name all the adverbs; the conjunctions.
Give the principal parts of pascit, torret, vldet, Inorepat^
Inoendlt.
Give the rule for agricolae, deztra (20), ouris (20).
Decline eves, liba, hospitem, rez, uxor.
Give the derivation of the English words pastor, torrid, toast,
ignite, incendiary.
Name as many others as possible derived from the words of the
lesson.
88 EASY STEPS IN LATIN
217. Write in Latin : —
1. Kings do not often bake cakes.
2. The farmer's wife boxes the boy's cars.
3. The king was full of care.
4. Feed my sheep.
5. The farmer's wife did not see that the stranger was a king.
218. VOCABULARY
oviB, oviB (m. and f.), sheep. auxis, -Is (f.), ear.
pasco (3), pavi, -paAtom, feed, patienter, patiently.
increpo (i), -ui, -itus, scold. torreo (2), -ui, tOBtus, bake.
incend5 (3), -i, -oenBus, kindle, verro (3), sweep.
libttm, -i (n.), cake. verbero (i), box.
uxor, -oris (f), wife. toler5 (i), bear, endure.
aedis or aedes, -is (f), temple; auadus, -a, -um, anxious.
plur.^ houses praetermitto (3), -misi, -missus,
ignis, -is {m,)y fire. neglect.
flamma, -ae (f.), flame. aduro (3), -nssi, -ustus, scorch.
factum, -i (n.), deed. ira, -ae (f.), anger.
LESSON 78
219. THE BROKEN DIKE
Cimbri terram miram habitant, nam oceanus tecta agrosque
agricolarum saepe inundat. Incolae fossis tumulisque magnis
violentiam undarum coercent; aliquando tamen aqua deturbat
claustra et terram vastat. Forte erat tumulus non validus ; iam
rima parva apparet; mox via magna patebit et undae terram
superabunt. At periculum puer parvus videt; statim dextra
rimam implet aquamque coercet.
EASY STEPS IN LATIN 89
220. QUESTIONS
What land is described in this story? Do you know anything
about its people ? Explain how dikes are made. What are dunes ?
How many of these nouns belong to the first declension? to
the second? What declensions have no neuter nouns? Decline
pexiculum.
221. Write in Latin : —
1. The land of the Cimbri is a land of dikes.
2. The people are often in great danger.
3. The ocean has great waves.
4. Sometimes the water covers the land.
5. The brave boy saw the chink in the wall.
222. VOCABULARY
Cimbri, -orum, the Cimbri, validus, -a, -um, strong.
clauBtra, -orum (n.), barriers ^ vasto (i), lay waste,
dikes, supero ( i ) , conquer^ overwhelm,
ooeanuB, -i (m.), ocean, impleo (2), -plevi, -^%\mb, fill
tumulus, -i (m.), mound, up.
violentiay -ae (f.), violence, deturbo (i), throw down,
unda, -ae (f.), wave, appareo (2), -ui, -iturus, appear,
rima, -ae (f.), cracky chink, . pateo (2), -ui, lie open,
miniB, -a, -um, strange. inundo (i), overflow.
LESSON 79
223. THE BROKEN DIKE {Continued)
Postridie agricolae loco appropinquant. Puer frigidus et mori-
bund us dextra tamen aquam coerce t. Saxis tumulum celeriter
confirmant, et llm5 rimam implent. Tum umeris puerum suble-
90 EASY STEPS IN LATIN
vant ciboque recreant. Cimbri constantiara saepe commemorant,
liberisque suis pueri factum narrant.
224. QUESTIONS
Compare oeleiiter.
Give the rule for limo, loo5 (18), liberie^ umeris, dbo.
Give the principal parts of all the verbs, with an English deriva-
tive if possible.
Name all the verbs compounded with prepositions. What added
meaning is given by the prepositions?
225. Write in Latin : —
1. The boy was at the point-of-death (dying),
2. The crack was soon filled up with stones.
3. The firmness of the boy was much praised.
4. His brave deed is still mentioned,
5. All (people) praise brave boys.
226; VOCABULARY
appropinquo (i), approach, sublevo (i), raise up,
moiibundus, -a, -um, dying. recreo (i), revive ^ refresh.
sazum, -i (n.), large stone, oonBtantia, -ae, {i^, firmness.
oonfirmd (i), strengthen, commemoro (i), mention,
limuB, -i (m.), mud, narro (i), tell, relate.
umeruB, -i (m.), shoulder, celeiiter, swiftly.
frigiduB, -a, -um, cold.
LESSON 80
227. A WONDERFUL DREAM
Tres olim viatores a Gallia ad Italiam iter faciebant. Via et
longa et difficillima erat quoci undique montibus altissimis con-
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
91
tinebatur. Saepe cibl inopiam magnam viatores tolerabant ; tan-
dem nihil supererat nisi iinus panis, haud ita grandis, quem
omnes diligentissime ser-
vabant. Hunc sibi quis-
que vindicat.
228. QUESTIONS
Decline quisque, hunc,
sibi. What kind of pro-
noun is each?
Name and compare all
adjectives in this lesson.
Decline tres, unus.
Give the rule for mon-
tibus, italiam, Qallia, sibi.
Decline panis, viator,
grandiB.
ROMAN BREAD
229. Write in Latin : —
1. Two travelers were going from Italy to Gaul.
2. Very high mountains inclose the road.
3. We have only one loaf-of-bread.
4. This loaf is claimed by the three travelers.
5. It will be kept very carefully.
230.
VOCABULARY
undique, adv., on all sides,
inopia, -ae (f.), want
baud, adv., not
grandis, -e, adj., large.
vindioo (i), claim,
supersmn, -ease, -fui, remain,
contineo (2), -ui, -tentus, shut in,
viator, -oris (m.), traveler.
Note. — The affix -tor, -sor (fem. -tzix) denotes the agent; as admi-
nistrator, administratriz \ venfltor, venfltrlz ; defensor, del enstrix.
92 EASY STEPS IN LATIN
LESSON 81
231. A WONDERFUL DREAM {Continued)
Denique fessT dormiunt panemque somni InsTgnissimi praemium
proponunt. Mane quisque comitibus somnium suum narrat. Pri-
mus ex viatoribus sic incipit : " Mihi in somnio apparebat rapum
ingentissimum ; vix id trecenti viri ex agro trahebant. Num vos
aliquid hoc mlrabilius videbatis? Mihi certe praemium debetur."
232. QUESTIONS
Give the rule for viatoiibus (19), hoc (22), Bomnio, mihi;
the principal parts of trahebant, videbatis, agro (20, ^).
Explain the meaning of contract, subtract, retract, distract,
abstract. Decline vos, mihi, aliquid, hoc, se.
233. Write in Latin, using nmn when the answer no is expected,
nomie when the answer yes is expected, and the enclitic -ne when
no answer is indicated.
1. Did you have a wonderful dream ?
2. Yes, I have often had wonderful dreams.
3. My dream is most wonderful, is it not?
4. You did not see the travelers, did you?
5. Did you see anything very strange ?
234. VOCABULARY
denique, 2i&^,, finally, somnium, -i (n.), dream.
mane, adv., in the morning, insignis, -e, remarkable,
incipid (3), -cepi, -ceptus, be- propon5 (3), -posui, -positus,
gin, offer,
rapimi, -i (n.), turnip, ingSns, -entis, huge.
fessus, -a, -um, weary, tired. vix, hardly.
EASY STEPS IN LATIN 93
trecenti, three hundred. nonne, sign of a question ex-
traho (3), trazi, traotus, drag, pecting the answer *yes.*
znirabilis, -e, wonderful, num, sign of a question expect-
-ne, enclitic, sign of a ques- ing the answer ' no/
tion when no answer is indi- debeo (2), -iii,-itus, ^to/^/ pass.,
cated. be due.
LESSON 82
235. A WONDERFUL DREAM {Continued)
Turn secundus, " Somnium quidem mirum narravisti ; mihi tamen
aliquid mirabilius visum est. Nam vidi in somnio vas ingentissi-
mum, quod vix quingenti homines totius anni spatio paraverant.
Facillime eo vase rapum continebatur. Nonne hoc somnium
mirabilius ill5 iudicatis?" At tertius, qui haec tacite audiverat,
" Certe," inquit, " uterque vestrum rem mirabilem narravit,
panemque meruit. Mihi tamen aliquid mirum visum est. Nam
in somno esuriebam ; panem igitur devoravi."
236. QUESTIONS
What kind of verb is eaurio ?
Name the first ten cardinal numbers.
Spell in Latin five, fifth, fifty, five hundredth.
Give the rule for 1115 (22), aliquid, vestrum, spatio, vas, mihi.
237. Write in Latin : —
1. These three men had strange dreams.
2. They were all very hungry.
3. There was only one cake for the three.
4. Shall I tell my dream ?
5. It wfis not wonderful.
94 EASY STEPS IN LATIN
238. VOCABULARY
quidem, adv., indeed, uterque, -traque, -trumque, ^a^A,
vas, vasis (pi. vasa, -orum) (n.) , both.
Jar, vase. eauxlo (4), -itua, be hungry,
paro {i)y prepare, faoile, adv., easily,
ludioo {1)9 Judge, tadte, adv., silently,
quingenti, five hundred, mereo (2), -ui, -itua, deserve.
spatium, -i (n.), space. devor5 (i), devour.
LESSON 83
239. KING CANUTE
Canutius rex longe sapientior erat aliis regibus. Huius olim
opes et auctoritatem unus ex adsentatoribus hoc modo laudabat.
" Nonne," inquit, " rex magne, et mare vastum et celeres venti tua
mandata peragunt?" Rex nihil respondit, sed poster5 die, iussu
eius, servl ad lltus maritimum solium deducunt. In h5c adsenta-
torem locat, et ipse in rupe propinqua stat.
240. QUESTIONS
How many nouns in this lesson belong to the third declension ?
How many adjectives? Give the gender with the rule for each of
these nouns.
Give the rule for adaentatoiibus (19), regibus (22), postero die
(20), iusau (20), modo, rupe.
Compare aapientdor, celeres, magne.
241. Write in Latin : —
1. Kings are not wiser than other men.
2. Canute was wiser than his flatterers.
3. The flatterer was placed in a chair near the sea.
4. The throne was carried down to the seashore.
5. Orders were given by the king (21).
EASY STEPS IN LATIN 95
242. VOCABULARY
Canuttus, -i (m.), CanuU, respondeo (2), -i, -BpoxuiuB, re-
longe, adv., far, ply, answer,
opes, opum (f. pi.), wealth, posterus, -a, -um, next,
auctoiitas, -atis (f.), authority, maritimuB, -a, -um, of the sea,
adsentator, -oris (m.), flat- aolium, -i (n.), seat, throne,
terer, deduco (3), -dujd, -ductua,
modus, -i (m.) , manner, carry down,
mandatum, -i (n.), command, loop (i), place,
perag5 (3), -egi, -aotua, per- rapes, -is (f.), rock,
form* propinquus, -a, -um, neighboring.
LESSON 84
243. KING CANUTE {Continued)
Forte aestus se incitabat. Turn rex, " Recurre," inquit, " mare
superbum ; nonne tu meus servus es ? Cur igitur tui fluctus au-
daces meum solium ita violant?" Fluctus tamen surdi mandata
regia non audiebant, sed se in ipsum solium inlidunt. Tum rex,
" Nemo nisi Deus imperium maris tenet."
244. QUESTIONS
Decline fluctus, mare, audax.
Give the verbs from which fluctus, mandata, are derived.
Give the meaning of accurrd, incurrd, prdcurrd, occurrd.
245. Write in Latin : —
1. The winds and the waves can not be ruled by kings.
2. Listen to the waves of the sea.
3. The flatterer said that Canute ruled the sea (29).
4. Canute knew that he did not rule the sea (29).
'^ From nemo let me never say neminis or nemine.
Nullius use as genitive, and null5 as the ablative."
96 EASY STEPS IN LATIN
246. VOCABULARY
ae inoitare, rush in, violo {i), do violence 0.
reourrS (3), -i, run back, re- surdus, -a, -um, deaf,
turn. inlido (3), -lisi, -Ilsiui, dash
aestus, -us (m.), tide, against.
fluotus^ -us (m.)^ wave, nemo, nullius, no one.
LESSON 85
247. FAMILIAR PHRASES
1. Multum in parv5, much in little.
2. Summum bonum, the chief good,
3. Meum et tuum, mine and thine.
4. Lapsus ling;uae, a slip of the tongue,
5. Viva voce, aloud.
6. Pro bono publico, y^r the public good.
7. Facsimile, do the like ; a copy.
8. B pluribus unum, of many, one.
9. Fiat, let it be done; a command,
I o. Verbatim et litteratim, word for word and letter for letter.
248. Explain the italicized words : —
1. He will go to Chicago via Albany.
2. At the end of the book there is a list of errata.
3. He lends money gratis,
4. The maximum age is forty ; the minimutH, thirty.
5. He was not able to prove an alibi,
6. The bank will pay four per cent,
7. They will hold dipost mortem examination.
8. Latin helps English and, vice versa, English helps Latin.
9. He was captain of the company pro tempore.
10. The mayor is ex officio on all committees.
EASY STEPS IN LATIN 97
LESSON 86
249. THE BISHOP OF BINGEN
Erat fames olim in Germania, messis enim eo anno nulla fuerat.
Magna igitur turba civium cotldie a principe panem vehementer
petebat. Tandem precibus eorum fessus, princeps crudelis omnes
in horreum ingens spe cibi induxit. Mox ubi horreum plenum fuit
flammas tecto admovit, et omnes ad unum delevit.
250. QUESTIONS
What is the gender of fames, panem, precibus, spe, cibi,
horreum, principe? Give the genitive plural of each of these
nouns.
Rule for amio (20, //), precibus (20, d), tecto (18).
Decline nulla. What others are declined in the same way?
Compare vehementer, crudelis.
251. Write in Latin : —
1. There will be a good harvest this year.
2. Farmers love good harvests.
3. He will set fire to the bam. *
4. The poor (people) asked the prince for bread (ti).
5. The king will not give them bread.
252. VOCABULARY
fames, -Is (t), /amine, horreum, -i (n,) , granary.
messis, -is (f.), harvest deleo (2), -evi, -etus, destroy,
turba, -ae (f.), crowd, induco (3), -duzi, -ductus,
cotldie, adv., daily, lead in.
civis, -is (m.), citizen, admoveo (2), -movi, -motus,
preces, -um (f.), entreaties, move to; with flammas, set
crudelis, -e, cruel, fire to,
vehementer, adv., violently, pauper, -era, -erum, poor,
EASY STEPS IN LAT. — 7
98 EASY STEPS IN LATIN
LESSON 87
253. THE BISHOP OF BINGEN {Continued)
Inde dum clamoribus miserrimis et caelum et terra resonant,
"Audite," inquit, "murium stridorem." Vix ea dixerat, cum
vocem magnam comites audiunt ; " At, miser, paucis post diebus,
iidem mures tuum corpus devorabunt."
254. QUESTIONS
Compare miserrimiB, mag;nam.
What is the meaning of stridor when used of rats? of ropes?
of the wind? of bees? of children? of serpents? of an arrow in
the air? of a door?
Notice that each includes the harsh or shrill soimd that is named
Btridor.
255. Time before or after is variously expressed ; as, three years
after is written —
Accusative Ablative
post tres annoB tribuB pOBt anniB
tares pOBt annoB tribuB annis poBt
post tertium annum tertio post ann5
tertimn post annnm tertio anno pOBt
Notice that with the accusative post stands before or between
the other words ; with the ablative it comes between or after them.
Write in Latin, ^z/^ days after,
256. VOCABULARY
clamor, -oris (m.), cry, inde, then,
stridor, -oris (m.), squeak, dmn, conj., while,
post, adv., and prep. w. ace, mus, muxis (m. and f.), mouse,
after. resono (i), -avi, — , resound.
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
99
LESSON 88
257. THE BISHOP OF BINGEN {Continued)
In medio Rheno eo tempore turns altissima stabat ; hue princeps,
dira v5ce perterritus, fugit; nihil enim aqua tiitius videt. Hic
unum diem manebat tutus, et alterum; tertia tamen nocte cust5-
MOUSE TOWER
des mille pedum crepitum audiunt. Mox ubi sol noctis umbrSs
fugavit, immane portentum vident. Utramque enim ripam flumi-
nis murium multitiid5 complet.
Find and read South ey's poem entitled "God's Judgment on a
Bishop." What is the name of the poem in which Longfellow
speaks of the " mouse tower on the Rhine " ? Give the best
English word that you can find for crepitus as applied to the
lOO EASY STEPS IN LATIN
sound of footsteps ; of teeth ; of weapons ; of the wind ; of a
mob in the street.
Notes. — S51 and most other monosyllables in the third declension lack
the genitive plural.
Autem, vSr5, enim, and quoque are always placed after one or more
words in the sentence.
258. Give the rules for Rheno, murium, tempore (20, //.),
voce (20, d.), aqua (22), diem (12), nocte (20, //.).
Time when is expressed by the ablative; how long, by the
accusative. Find instances in the text.
259. VOCABULARY
diruB, -a, -yroL^ fearful, medius, -a, -um, middle, midst
perterreo (2), — , -ituB, ter- of {4$).
rify, Rhenus, -i, the Rhine,
cuatoB, -odiB (m. and f.), multitudo, -inia (f.), multitude,
guard, fugio (3), -i, -ituB, flee,
crepitus, -us (m.), noise, tutus, -a, -um, safe,
umbra, ae (f.), shadow, hie, here,
immanis, -e, adj., horrible, compleo (2), -evi, -eXMB, fill,
portentum, -i (n.), omen, hue, hither.
LESSON 89
260. THE BISHOP OF BINGEN {Continued)
lam mures in aquam desiliunt, turrimque petunt. Friistra
princeps portas et fenestras obserat ; hi enim scandunt miiros, ill!
acutis dentibus portas llgneas rodunt. Passim in aedes inrumpunt,
et universi in principem impetum faciunt. Frustra is deos invocat
iratos, sescenti enim hostes ex ossibus cutem divellunt, et crudelis
facti terribilem poenam sumunt.
EASY STEPS IN LATIN lOI
261. QUESTIONS
How many cases of deos have two forms ? What is the differ-
ence in meaning between onmes and universi ?
Give the principal parts of rodunt, Bumunt, divellunt^ ocandunt,
inrumpunt.
Impetus is found only in the nominative, accusative, and abla-
tive singular.
262. Write in Latin : —
" * I'll go to my tower in the Rhine,' said he,
* Tis the safest place in Germany.
The walls are high and the shores are steep
And the tide is strong and the water deep.' "
263. VOCABULARY
fenestra,, -ae ({,) y window, inrumpo (3), -rupi, -ruptuB,
obaerS (i), lock, bolt break in,
Bcando (3), — , — , climb, universuB, -a, -um, adj., all to-
ligneuB, -a, -um, wooden, gether,
r5d5 (3), roBi, tobvm, gnaw, invoc5 (i), call upon,
pasBim, adv., here and there, cutiB, -Ib (f.), skin,
fruBtra, adv., in vain, divell5 (3), -i, -vuIbub, tear
BOBoenti, -ae, -a, six hundred, away,
OB, oBBia (n.), bone. terribillB, -e, dreadful.
LESSON 90
264. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES
A conditional sentence generally consists of two clauses, — a
condition (introduced hy if or if not) and a conclusion. Both the
indicative and subjunctive moods are used in conditional clauses —
I02 EASY STEPS IN LATIN
the former, to state or assume a fact, the latter, to express what is
doubtful or contrary to fact ; as —
Si peouniam habet, dat, if he has money ^ he gives it.
Si pecuniam habeat, det, if he should have money, or if he were
to have money , he would give it (possibly) .
265. In conditions contrary to fact, the imperfect or pluper-
fect subjunctive is used in both clauses — the imperfect, to denote
present time, and the pluperfect, to denote past time \ as —
Si peouniam habuisset, dedisset, if he had had money (as he did
noi)y he would have given it (as he did not^,
266. Translate and describe each of the following sentences : —
1. Si possem, venirem.
2. Si luna erit, plena erit.
3. Si luna fuisset, plena fuisset.
4. Si domi est, eum videb5.
5. Si liina sit, plena erit.
LESSON 91
267. KING MIDAS
Midas,* rex Phrygiae, qui olim Baccho* placuerat, egregio
munere a deo donatus est. "Delige, rex magne," inquit deus,
1 Midas once decided a musical contest against Apollo, whereupon Apollo
changed his ears to those of an ass. To conceal this deformity Midas hired
his barber to arrange his hair over his ears, and the barber, because he was
forbidden to tell any one, used to go and whisper the secret to the reeds
by the river, which still, when the wind passes over them, repeat, " Midas
has ass's ears."
2 Bacchus was the patron of social pleasures, also called the god of wine.
EASY STEPS IN LATIN 103
" id quod maxime cupis ; hoc tibi libenter dabo." Turn vir avarus
minim donum impetravit, omnia enim quae suo corpore tangebat
in aurum mutata sunt. Protinus rex laetus regiam domum per-
currebat, maniique vasa, mensas, lectos, omnia tangebat.
268. QUESTIONS
The verb to please^ which takes a direct object in English, takes
what case in Latin ? Why ?
Compare the adverbs mazime, libenter.
Give the principal parts of tango, do, delig5. .
Decline domua, vis, munere, corpore.
Compare egregiua by the adverbs magis and mazime.
Translate regiam domum by one word.
Give English words derived from avarus, nurum, tango.
269. VOCABULARY
Phrygia, Phrygia, a country in libenter, adv., willingly.
the western part of Asia avarus, -a, -um, adj., greedy.
Minor. impetro (i), obtain,
egregius, -a, -um, adj., wonder- protinus, adv., forthwith,
fuL percurro (3 ) , -curri and -cucur-
deligo (3), -legi, -lectus, choose, ri, -cursus, run through.
cupio (3), -ivi, -itus, wish. dono (i), give.
place5 (2), -ui, -itus, please. tango (3), tetigi, tactus, touch.
LESSON 92
270. KING MIDAS {Continued)
Tandem labore fessus cenam poscit, avidlsque oculis dapes
splendidas lustrat. Ubi tamen piscem ad os admovet, cibus in
aurum statim miitatus est; rex igitur, ciiius in faucibus rigida
I04 EASY STEPS IN LATIN
haerebat massa, vinum poscit ; idem evenit. Tandem rex esuriens,
quod nihil nee edebat nee bibebat compliiribus diebus, maximis
precibus Bacchum orat. Inde cum risii deus fatale d5num amovet.
271. QUESTIONS
Give syntax of oonlis^ 58, faucibus, diebus, precibus.
What are the principal parts of poscit?
The repetition of the consonant in the perfect stem is called
reduplication.
What kind of verb is esuxlo ?
What is the difference between idem and idem?
272. Write in Latin : —
1. A royal feast is set before^ the king.
2. Food and wine were changed into gold.
3. The king neither eats nor drinks for three days.
4. He would have died if the god had not removed the gift (34) .
5. We fooHshly* wish for harmful things.'
273. VOCABULARY
daps, dapis {J,)^ feast, amoveo (2), -movi, -motus,
splendidus, -a, -um, adj., mag- take away,
nificent, rigidus, -a, -um, adj., hard,
lustr5 (i), gaze at, haereo (2), haesi, haesus, clingy
piflcis, -is {m.)fjish, stick,
OS, oris (n.), mouth, massa, -ae (f.), lump,
fauces, -ium (abl. sing, fauce) evenio (4), -veni, -ventus,
({,),jaws. happen,
posc5 (3), poposci, to demand, bibo (3), bibi, — , drink,
edo (3), edi, esus, eat, risus, -us (m.), laughter.
complures, -ium, many, fatalis, -e, z.^],, fatal,
1 app5ii5 (3).
2 Use the adjective (stultus), not the adverb.
• Omit, using the neuter plural of the adjective*
EASY STEPS IN LATIN 105
LESSON 93
274. GAIUS MARCIUS CORIOLANUS
Gaius Marcius, gentis patriciae, captis Coriolis, urbe Volscorum,
Coriolanus dictus est. Puer patre orbatus sub matris tutela ado-
levit. In omni vita nihil aliud sibi proponebat nisi ut matri
placeret ; cumque ilia audiebat f ilium laudari aut corona donari
videbat, turn se ipsa felicem putabat.
275. Give the rule for patre (20, a), sibi (18), matri (15),
placeret (31, a), Hliam laudari (29), corona (20^ d).
276. The verb d5no, {a) to give or (i>) present, is followed by
two constructions : —
{a) The accusative of the thing and the dative of the person.
{b) The accusative of the person and the ablative of the thing.
Write in Latin, using dono for both sentences : —
{a) He gives wreaths to his soldiers.
{b) He presents his soldiers with wreaths.
Using circa 'md5, surround: —
{a) He surrounds the city with a wall.
{b) He puts a wall around the city.
Using inspergo (3) , sprinkle : —
{a) She sprinkles the rose with water.
{b) She sprinkles water on the roses.
277. VOCABULARY
patriciu8,-a,-um,adj.,/«//7Vm;/. tutela, -ae (f.), care,
Cori'oli, -5rum (m.), a town, adoleaco (3), -olevi, -ultus,
Coriolanus, -i. Corioia^nus, grow up,
orbo (i), deprive of, fens, gentis {{,), family.
I06 EASY STEPS IN LATIN
LESSON 94
278. GAIUS MARCIUS CORIOLANU S (Conlmued)
Consul factus populo frumentum dedit, ut plebs agros, non
sedltiones, coleret. Qua de causa damnatus ad Volscos c5nfugit.
Magno ubique pretio virtus aestimatur. Imperator a Volscis
factus Romam ivit. Oratores missi de pace atrox responsum
rettulerunt. Iterum eidem missi non recipiuntur in castra.
Stupebat senatus; trepidabat populus.
Note. — Monosyllabic prepositions are often placed between the noun and
the limiting word.
279. QUESTIONS
Give the rule for pretio (20, c), Volscis (21), Romam (13),
populo, coleret, pace, responsum, eidem.
Instead of each of the following participles, give an equiva-
lent clause : consul factus ; qua de causa damnatus ; imperator
factus ; oratores missi.
280. Write in Latin : —
Although the spokesmen sent by the Romans were all noble
men, the Volscians would not receive them into the city, but sent
them back with cruel messages.
281. "Know, Rome, that all alone Marcius did fight
Within Cori'oli gates : where he hath won,
With fame, a name to Caius Marcius ; these
In honor follows Coriolanus." , —Shakespeare.
Which of these names marks the family? the person?
EASY STEPS IN LATIN 107
282. VOCABULARY
Beditio, -onis (f.), rebellion, imperator^ -oris (m.), com-
oonfugio (3), -f ugi, y?<?<f . mander^ general
pretium, preti (ji,)^ price, atroz, atrooifl^ harsh, bitter,
aeatimo (i), rate, reBpoiiBmn, -i (n.), reply,
C0I6 (3), -ui, oultuB, cultivate, recipio (3), -cepi, -ceptus,
plebe, plebis (f.), common people, receive,
vibiqxie, 2idy,y everywhere, stupeo (2), -ui, be stupe-
reiero, -ferre, rettuli, relatus, ^ed.
bring back, trepido (i), tremble,
LESSON 95
283. GAIUS MARCIUS CORIOLANUS {Continued)
Turn Veturia, CoriolanI mater, et Volumnia uxor, duos parvos
frlios secum trahens, castra Volsc5rum petierunt. Quarum preci-
bus motus Coriolanus castra movit et exercitum ex agro Romano
abduxit. Postea a Volscis occisus est.
Note. — A relative may stand at the beginning of a sentence where in
English a demonstrative must be used.
284. Write in Latin : —
1. Coriolanus saw his mother coming.
2. Volumnia came with her two little boys.
3. They were going to the camp of the Volscians.
4. They were going to see Coriolanus (31, a!),
5. The Roman senate sent them.
6. They came to ask for peace (31, a^,
7. Their entreaties moved Coriolanus.
8. The army was at once taken away.
9. Coriolanus went back to the Volscians.
10. "Mother, thou hast saved Rome, but lost^ thy son."
1 perdo (3), -dldl, -ditos.
Io8 EASY STEPS IN LATIN
LESSON 96
285. GAIUS MARIUS
C. Marius, humili loco natus, in Hispania duce Sclpione miles
erat. Ob singularem virtutem et alacritatem ad pericula et labores
cams Sclpioni erat. Cum inter cenam Scipionem quidam rogavis-
set, si quid illi accidisset, quem imperatorem res publica habitura
esset, Scipi5 percusso leniter Marii umero, " Fortasse hunc,"
inquit. Quo dicto Marius res magnas concepit et postea gessit.
Septies consul fuit.
286. QUESTIONS
Explain all the subjunctives in the above lesson.
How many ablative absolutes are there ?
How does the first differ from the others ?
Give the rules for the datives Soipiom and illi.
287. SYNONYMS
" * Contingit ' use of things we like,
But * accidit/ when evils strike."
Virtus = manliness^ fortitud5 = bravery; both mean moral courage.
But virtus is offensive or active ; fortitude, defensive or passive.
288. Derivatives from gero : —
gesture vicegerent belligerent digest germ germinate
289. VOCABULARY
singularis, -e, adj., remarkable, res publica, -ae (f.), the state,
alacritas, -tatis (f.), eagerness. leniter, adv., lightly.
peroutio (3), -cussi, -cussus, fortasse, dAv.^ perhaps.
strike. concipio (3), -cepi, -oeptos,
nasoor, -1, natus, to be bom. conceive.
inter, prep., among. septies, adv., seven times.
ob, prep., on account of. dictum, -i (n.), sayings word.
EASY STEPS IN LATIN 109
LESSON 97
290. CAESAR
* Truly, a wonderful man was Caius Julius Caesar,
Better be first, he said, in a little Iberian village
Than be second in Rome, and I think he was right when he
said it.
Twice was he married before he was twenty, and many times
after.
Battles five hundred he fought, and a thousand cities he con-
quered.
He, too, fought in Flanders, as he himself has recorded.
Finally, he was stabbed by his friend the orator, Brutus.
Now, do you know what he did on a certain occasion in Flanders,
When the rear guard of his army retreated, the front giving way,
too.
And the immortal Twelfth Legion was crowded so closely
together
There was no room for their swords, why, he seized a shield from
a soldier.
Put himself straight at the head of his troops, and commanded
the captains.
Calling on each by his name, to order forward the ensigns.
Then to widen the ranks, and give more room for their weapons.
So, he won the day ; the battle of some-thing-or-other.
That's what I always say ; if you wish a thing to be well done.
You must do it yourself, you must not leave it to others."
— " The Courtship of Miles Standish," Longfellow.
** Caesar, the foremost man of all this world."
— Shakespeare.
" Great Julius, whom all the world admires."
— Milton.
no
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
" His writings are commendable, for they are simple and straight-
^^^^^•" -Cicero.
" Here was a man who could both write and fight, and in both
was equally skilful." _ Miles Standish.
LESSON 98
291.
GAIUS lULIUS CAESAR
Born July 12, 100 b.c.
C. lulius Caesar, nobilissima luliorum genitus familia, annum
agens sextum et decimum patrem amisit. Stipendia prima in
, Asia fecit. In expugnati5ne Mitylenarum
corona clvica donatus est. Mortuo Sulla,
Rhodum secedere statuit, ut ApoUonio, cla-
rissimo dicendi magistro, operam daret.
cor5na civica
292. QUESTIONS
Where are Mitylene and Rhodes ?
What is the rule for Sulla ? for Apoll5-
nio? cordna? daret? Rhodum?
Write in Latin in two ways : —
They gave Caesar the civic crown.
Note. — The Julian gens was believed to be directly descended from the
royal line of Troy, through lulus or Ilus, son of Aeneas, a Trojan prince.
The civic crown was of oak leaves and was given to a citizen who had saved
the life of another citizen. Cicero received one from the government for de-
feating the conspiracy of Catiline. Generals who were thought worthy of a
triumph received a cor5na triumphalis, at first made of laurel leaves, afterward,
of gold. The civic crown is mentioned in Macaulay's " Virginia " —
" How she danced with pleasure
To see my civic crown."
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
III
293.
gigno (3)9 S^oxd, genitus, degf/;
genituB, ^orn, sprung,
familia^ -ae, {L), family,
Btipendium, -i (n.), military
service.
ezpugnatio, -onia (f.), storming,
Mitylenae, -arum (f.), Mityle^ne,
civicuB, -a, -um, adj., civic,
nobilis, -e, noble.
VOCABULARY
Aaia, -ae (f.), Asia,
operam dare, give attention,
annum agere, to be (a certain
number of years) old,
RhoduB, -i (f.), Rhodes f an
island near Asia Minor.
Beced5 (3), -oeBBi, -cesBUB, with-
draw,
Btatuo (3), -i, BtatutiiB; decide.
294.
LESSON 99
GAIUS lULIUS CAESAR {Continued)
Post consulatum Caesar Gal-
liam provinciam accepit. Ges-
sit novem annis, quibus in
imperio fuit, haec fere : Gal-
liam in provinciae formam
redegit ; primus Roman5rum
ponte fabricato Germanos ag-
gressus maximis adfecit cladi-
bus. Britannos antea ignotos
vTcit et peciinias^ obsidesque
imperavit.
295. QUESTIONS
What is the rule for annia?
ponte? cladibuB?
Show how ignotoB takes the
place of a clause.
Give the principal parts of all the verbs.
1 Pecfinia, from pecii, cattle, the original wealth.
112 EASY STEPS IN LATIN
296. Write in Latin : —
1. Gaul was taken by Caesar as his province.
2. Caesar (was the first man who ever)^ built a bridge over
the Rhine.
3. The Britons were known before Caesar's time.
4. Caesar determined to go to the island.
5. They were conquered in many battles.
297. VOCABULARY
odDBulatuB^ -us (m.), consulship, aggredior, -i, -gressuB, attack.
provincia, -ae (f.), province, obses, -idls (m. or f.), hostage,
forma, -ae (J,) ^ form. adficio (3), -feci, -fectus, visit.
redig5 (3), -egi, -actus, reduce, elides, -is (f.), destruction.
fabric5 (i), build. antea, adv., before.
aocipi5 (3), -cepi, -oeptus, re- ignotus, -a, -um, adj., unknown,
ceive. imperS (i), demand.
LESSON 100
298. GAIUS lULIUS CAESAR (Gw/zVf»^^)
Hic cum multa Romanorum militum insignia narrantur, turn
illud ipsius Caesaris egregium quod nutante in fugam exercitu,
rapto e manu fugientis scuto, in primam aciem volitans proelium
restituit. Idem alio proelio quattuor horis una acie hostes pro-
fligavit et praedicavit ante victum hostem esse quam visum.
Postea triumph© trium verborum praetulit titulum
" Veni, vidi, vIcT."
299. QUESTIONS
Name the instances of ablative absolute.
Give the rules for proelio, horis, acie, triumplio, esse visum.
Ante victum quam visum = victum antequam visum.
1 Translate by one word, pxlmus.
EASY STEPS IN LATIN 113
Idem often means '' also."
What example of indirect discourse is given in this lesson ?
Decline insignia, fugientlB, trium.
What other words mean army ? Distinguish one from another.
Write in Latin : —
Caesar said, " I came, I saw, I conquered."
Caesar said that he came, he saw, and he conquered.
300. VOCABULARY
cum . . . tmn, not only^ . . . rapio (3), -ui, -tus, seize.
but also, profligo (i), rout,
Boutum, -i (n.), shield. praediod (i), boast,
volito {i)i fly, rush, ante . . . quam, conj., before.
restituo (3), -i, -utus, renew, praefero, -ferre, -tuli, -latus,
hora, -ae, (f.), hour, carry before,
nuto (i), nody give way, waver, tituluB, -i (m.), inscription,
triumphtui, -i (m.), triumph.
LESSON 101
301. GAIUS lULIUS CAESAR {Continued)
Bellis civilibus coiifectis, f astos correxit annumque ad cursum
solis accommodavit, ut trecentorum sexaginta quinque dierum esset
et intercalario mense sublato unus dies quarts quoque anno inter-
calaretur. lus dixit. Peregrinarum mercium portoria Instituit;
bibliothecas Graecas et Latinas publicare, siccare Pomptinas
paludes, viam a Mari Supero per Apenninum ad Tiberim munire.
Haec et alia agentem et meditantem mors praevenit.
302. VOCABULARY
munio (4), -ivi, -itus, build, iiia dioere, to administer justice,
c5nfici5 (3), -feci, -feotus, end^ instituo (3), -i, -utcui, institute,
finish. meditor ( i ) , plan,
menais, -is (m.)» month, mors, mortis (f.), death,
EASY STEPS IN LAT. — 8
114 EASY STEPS IN LATIN
praevenio (4), -veni, -ventus, peregrinu8,-a,-um, adj.,^/r/J^.
come before^ interrupt merz, mercia {i,)^ goods.
fasti, -orum (m.), calendar, portorium, -i (n.), duty,
ooxiigo (3), -read, -rectus, bibliotheca, -ae (f.), library,
correct, Cahraecus, -a, -um, Greek,
aooommodo ( i ), harmonize y suit, Latinus, -a, -um, Latin,
^sezaginta quinque, sixty-five, publico (i), make public,
intercalarius, -a, -um, interca- sicco (i), drain,
lary, Pomptinus, -a, -um, Pomptine.
toll5 (3), sustuli, Bublatus, take palus, paludis (f.), marsh,
away. Mare Superum, the Adriatic Sea,
intercalo (i), insert, Apemimus, -1 (m.), Apennines,
Note. — Some ancient nations reckoned time by the sun, others by the
moon; but both methods were faulty. 365 days were not enough, 366 were
too many; twelve moons were not enough, thirteen were too many. Julius
Caesar first reformed the calendar by giving the year 365 days 6 hours (hence
called the Julian year), and made evety fourth year consist of 366 days. For
1600 years there was no one who could improve upon Caesar's plan. In 1582
the errors amounted to ten days, and Pope Gregory XIII decreed that every
400 years, three leap years should be omitted. Every year divisible by 4 is
a leap year, except in the even centuries; those must be divisible by 400.
Under this arrangement the errors will not amount to a day in 5000 years.
LESSON 102
303. TIME
I. Roman dates were reckoned from three days : —
{a) The Kalends,^ the first of the month.
{b) The Nones,^ the fifth or seventh of the month.
{c) The Ides,« the thirteenth or fifteenth.
^ Kalendae, -Sbnm (so named from cal&re, to call outy because the day
of the new moon was called out in public assembly).
^ N5iiae, -ftrom (nine days (ndnus) before the Ides).
* idflB, -uiun.
EASY STEPS IN LATIN 115
In March, July, October, May,
The Nones are on the seventh day,
The Idea are on the fifteenth day.
2. Roman dates are reckoned backward : thus the last of
the month was called the day before the Kalends; pridie Ea-
lendas lanuarias was what
day?
In counting, include both
limits; as "Sunday is the
third day from Friday."
3. In Latin the names
of the months are not
nouns, but adjectives, agreeing with mensis, Kalendae, etc.
IftnaSrius (mfinsis), January (Iftnus, a god with two faces looking toward
the rising and the setting sun).
Febru&rius, February (feb|li5, to cleanse) ^ the month of purification.
M§rtias, March (Mftrs, god of war) ^ originally the first month of the year.
Aprllis, April (aperire, to open^ as the earth begins to do in that month).
Mains, May (MSUa, mother of the god Mercury).,
liinius, June^ named from the celebrated family of the I&iil.
ICilius, July^ from Julius Caesar.
Augnstns, August ^ from Augustus Caesar.
September, September ^ the seventh month (counting from March).
Oct5ber, October^ the eighth month.
November, November^ the ninth month.
December, December^ the tenth month.
WRITING MATERIALS
LESSON 103
304. GAIUS lULIUS CAESAR {Continued)
Dictator in perpetuum creatus agere insolentius^ coepit. Quare
in eum coniiiratum est^ a sexaginta virTs, Cassio et Briit5 ducibus.
1 The comparative often denotes an unusual or excessive degree.
* Intransitive verbs may be used- impersonally in the passive ; tl\e ablatiyQ
of the agent may be translated as the subject.
ii6
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
Idibus Martiis in senatu confodere decretum est. Cum Caesar eo
die in senatum venisset, linus e coniuratis propius accessit et togam
apprehendit. Tribus et vTgintl plagis confossus
est. Cum Marcum Brutum, quem flli loco
habebat, in se inruentem vidisset, dixisse fertur,
" Tu quoque, mi fill ! "
305. On what day was the day called the
Ides?
Give the rule for vidisset (38), plagis
(20, b), viris (21),. Idibus (20, d)^ coniu-
Compare the adverbs propius and insolentius.
Note. — " This was the most unkindest cut of all;
For when the noble Caesar saw him stab,
Ingratitude — more strong than traitors* arms —
Quite vanquished him; then burst his mighty heart;
And in his mantle muffling up his face,
Even at the base of Pompey*s statua,
Which all the while ran blood, great Caesar fell.
O what a fall was there, my countr3rmen ! "
Shakespeare's "Julius Caesar."
306.
dictator, -oils (m.), dictator; a
man to whom in former times
the state gave unlimited
power for a short period in
time of great danger.
in perpetuuin,^r life.
insolenter, adv., haughtily,
quare, wherefore.
coniuro {i)^form a conspiracy,
confodio (3), -fodi, -fossus,
stab,
ooepi, -isse, began.
Cassius, -i (m.), Cassius,
VOCABULARY
decemo (3), -crevi, -oretus,
decree.
inruo (3), -i, -tus, rush upon,
coniuratus, -i (m.), conspirator,
accedo (3), -oessi, -oessarus,^^;,
approach,
toga, -ae (f.), a toga; a robe
made from a single piece of
white woolen cloth ; the ordi-
nary dress of the Roman citi-
zen.
apprehendo (3),-i,-hensus, seize,
plaga^ -ae (f.), blow.
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
117
307.
LESSON 104
MARCUS TULLIUS CICERO
Born January 3, 106 b.c.
Marcus TuUius Cicero, equestri genere, Arpini, quod est Vol-
scorum oppidum, natus est. Unus ex eius avis verrucam in ex-
tremo naso habuit, ciceris grano
similem; inde cognomen Cice-
r5nisgentiinditum. Suadentibus
quibusdam ut id nomen mutaret,
" Dabo operam," inquit, " ut
istud cognomen n5bilissimorum
nominum splendorem vincat."
308. Equestri genere = of an
equestrian family = the order of
knights.
Give the rule for mutaret ; for
vinoat ; for Arpini.
Similis takes either a genitive
or dative, as follows : — cicero
Fuer patrla similis, a boy like his father in character.
Fuer patri similis, a boy like his father in appearance.
Decline quibusdam in the singular.
309. Write in Latin : —
1. The fathers of the other boys came to school to hear Cicero.
2. All the other boys used to go^ home with him.
3. Cicero studied ^ at Athens and at Rome.
4. Cicero had a brother Quintus.
5. Quintus was a soldier; Marcus, an orator.
1 Use the imperfect tense.
< studHs s6 dedit.
Il8 EASY STEPS IN LATIN
310. VOCABULARY
equester, equestiiB, equestre, splendor, -oils (m.),^^rv.
equestrian. in extremo naso, on the end of
Arpinum, -i (n.), a town in his nose,
Italy, about sixty miles south- auadeo (2), auasi, auiflus, per-
east of Rome, suade, urge.
Sranum, -i (n.), grain, verruca, -ae (f.), wart,
genus, -exia (n.), kind, family. indo (3), -didi, -ditus, give.
LESSON 105
311. MARCUS TULLIUS CICERO {Continued)
Cicer5, consul factus, Sergii Catilinae coniurationem singular!
virtute compressit. Catillna melu consulis Roma profugit; socii
eius in carcere necati sunt. Neque ab incept5 Catilina destitit
sed infestis signls R5mam petens Antonil exercitu vincitur. Longe
a suis inter hostium cadavera repertus est ; morte pulcherrima, si
pro patria sic concidisset !
Senatus populusque Romanus Ciceronem patrem patriae appel-
lavit.
312. Name all the ablatives, giving the rule for each.
Who has the title "Pater Patriae " in America?
Give the principal parts of repertus eat ; profugit.
What is implied by longe a auia, etc. ?
Write in Latin : —
It is beautiful to die for one's country.
Cicero was called the Father of his Country.
313. Define the English words : —
1. cadaverous 3. appellation 5. hostility 7. elongate
2. incarcerate 4. compression 6. repertory 8. longevity
EASY STEPS IN LATIN 119
314. VOCABULARY
Sergius (-i) CatUina (-ae), Ser- career, -is {va,) ^ prison,
gius Catiline, neco {\) ^ put to death,
coniuratio^-oiiis (f.), conspiracy, desisto (3); -atiti, -atitaB, desist,
coxnpxlmo (3); -preaai, -prea- Antoniua, -i, Antony,
aua, cheeky suppress. conddo (3), ddi, — ffaii,
profugio (3), fugi, — fflee. inceptum, -1 (n.), beginnings at-
cadaver, -eila (n.), corpse, tempt,
metos, -OB {m,),/ear, reperlo (4), repperi, repertua,
aoclua, -i (m.), a//y, find.
LESSON 106
S15. MARCUS TULLIUS CICERO {Continued)
Multa exstant facete ab eo dicta. Cum Lentulum, generum
suum, parvae staturae hominem, vidisset longo gladio accTnctum,
"Quis," inquit, "generum meum ad gladium adligavit?"
Matrona quaedam, iuniorem se quam
erat simulans, dictitabat se tnginta taixtum
ann5s habere; cm Cicero, "Verum est,"
inquit, " nam hoc viginti annos audio." ^
316. Write in Latin : —
1. She pretends to be younger than
she is.
2. Cicero said that he had heard it for
twenty years.
3. Lentulus was a little man.
4. He was the husband (vir) of TuUia,
Cicero's daughter.
5. Cicero had also a son, Marcus Tul- ^ .
lius Cicero the younger. standard bearer
1 The present is often used of an action that has been gojng on for some time.
I20 EASY STEPS IN LATIN
6. Cicero loved both his son and daughter.
7. He wrote many letters to them.
8. Many of his letters are both loving and witty.
9. He sent his son to Athens.
10. Marcus TuUius the younger was not a student (lltteimiim
studioBQs).
317. VOCABULARY
ezBto (i), ^e extant aimulo (i), pretend.
facets, adv., wittily, tantum, adv., only.
statora, -ae (£*), stature, ionior, -ius, younger,
acdngo (3), -ouud, -cinotos, diotLto {1) , to keep saying,
gird, Lentolos, -i (m.), Lentuius,
matrona, -ae (f.), married gener, -i (m.), son-in-law,
woman. annos habere, ^ be — years
adligo {i), tie to. old.
318. FAMILIAR PHRASES
1. Deo volente (D.V.), God willing,
2. Ante meridiem (A.M.), before noon.
3. Post meridiem (P.M.), after noon.
4. Vide'licet = videre licet (viz.), namely,
5. (loth) ult. (ultimo mense), (loth) of last month,
6. ( I oth ) inst. (instante mense) , ( i oth ^ of the present month.
7. (loth) prox. (proximo mense), (loth) of next month,
8. Sub rosa, secretly.
9. Sine die, without appointing a day,
319. Explain the italicized words : —
1. The king will travel incognito,
2. A black swan is a rara avis,
3. The Cohannet mills pay twelve /^r cent.
4. A.D. 1899.
5. Vox populiy vox Vei.
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
121
6. The pros and cons were all considered.
7« The teacher explains the modus operandi.
8. Ex nihilo nihil fit.
9. She added a postscript to her letter.
10. Many colleges have both alumni and alumnae.
rams, -a, -um, rare^ not common.
opero (i), work.
con. = contra, against.
alumniui, -i {m.), foster-son.
LESSON 107
320.
AUGUSTUS
Caesare interfecto bella
civilia reparata sunt. Bruto
et Cassio senatus favebat,
sed Antonius consul eos
opprimere conabatur. Ergo
a senatu hostis iudicatus est.
Missi contra eum Pansa et
Hirtius et Octavianus, Cae-
saris nepos, quem ille here-
dem reliquerat et nomen
suum ferre iusserat. Tres
duces Antonium vicerunt,
Octavianus unus tamen su-
perfuit. Hic postea Augu-
stus appellatus est.
321. Give the rule for
Bruto et Cassio, hostis,
senatu.
Give the principal parts of reliquerat, iusserat.
What is the difference in meaning between hostis and inimious?
THE YOUNG AUGUSTUS
122
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
Define : —
nepotism
conative
hereditary
posthumous
nomenclature
reliquary
322.
VOCABULARY
oppxlmo (3), -presBi, -presBus,
crush.
ergo, adv., therefore,
contra, prep., against
Conor (i), attempt
nepoB, nepotis (m.), nephew.
heres, -edia (m. f.), heir.
reparo (i), renew.
323.
LESSON 108
AUGUSTUS AND THE BIRDS
Cum post victoriam apud Actium Augustus Romam reverteretur,
occurrit ei opifex quidam corvum tenens quem instituerat haec
dlcere " Ave, Caesar, victor, imperator." Augustus, avem miratus,
earn viginti milibus nummorum emit. Salutatus similiter ab aliis
eos emi iussit
Note. — Price or value, in a definite amount, is expressed by the ablative;
indefinite values are expressed by either the ablative or the genitive.
324-
ROMAN MONEY
Nummus = aeatertius (HS.) = about 4^ cents.
1000 nummi or aeatertii = about %^2,
The abbreviation HS. stands for duo et aemia, two and one-
half asses ^ the aa corresponding to the English penny or two cents
in our money.
The aestertium (seat^idorum) was originally a sum of money,
not a coin. The word is declined as aneuter noun of the second
declension.
How much did Augustus pay for the bird?
EASY STEPS IN LATIN 123
325. VOCABULARY
Actium, -i (n.), a promontory reverter, -i, -versos, return.
in western Greece, where miror (i), admire.
Octavian gained a great vie- similiter, adv., similarly,
tory over Antony. occurro (3), -curri, -cursus, meet
apud, prep., at opifez, opificis (m., f.), work-
corvus, -i (m.), raven. man.
saluto (i)^ greet Ave, hail!
LESSON 109
326. AUGUSTUS AND THE BIRDS {Continued)
Exemplum siitorem pauperem sollicitavit ut corvum institueret
ad parem saliitationem. Saepe ad avem non respondentem dlcere
solebat : " Opera et impensa periit ! " Aliquando corvus coepit
dicere salutationem. Hac audita, Augustus respondit : ** Satis
domi talium salutatonim habeo." Turn corvus, " Opera et
impensa periit."
Ad quod Caesar risit emique avem iussit
327. Decline sutor, talium, domi.
Give the construction of institueret, dicere.
Give the principal parts of risit, emi, periit.
Use an ablative absolute, when possible, in the following sen-
tences instead of a subordinate clause : —
{a) When this answer had been given, he went away.
(^) When he heard the salutation, he bought the bird.
(c) Because the workman was poor, he gave him money.
(//) After the civil wars were finished, Augustus began to adorn
(adomo) the city.
{e) When he heard these words, he was astonished.
124
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
328.
Butor, sutoxli (m.), cobbler,
BoUicito (i), stir up,
exemplum, -i (n.), example,
Balutatio, -onla (f.), greeting,
Boleo (2), -itua (semi-deponent),
to be accustomed.
VOCABULARY
BatiB, adv., often used as noun,
w. part, gen., enough,
roBpondeo (2), -i, -BponsuB, an-
swer,
impensa, -ae (f.), expense,
pereo (4), -ii, -itoruB, be lost.
LESSON 110
329. EXERCISE IN SIGHT TRANSLATION
EUTROPIUS
Interea Brutus et Cassius magnum bellum moverunt, Erant
enim per Macedoniam et Orientem multi exercitus, quos occupa-
verant. Profecti sunt igitur contra eos Caesar Octavianus Augu-
stus et M. Antonius (remanserat enim ad defendendam Italiam
Lepidus).
Apud Philippos, Macedoniae urbem, contra eos pugnaverunt.
Primo proelio victi sunt Antonius et Caesar, periit tamen dux
nobilitatis Cassius; secundd proelio Brutum interfecerunt. Ac
SIC inter eos divisa est res publica, ut Augustus Hispanias, Gal-
lias et Italiam teneret, Antonius Asiam, Pontum, Orientem.
330.
igh
t ways of
expressing purpose : —
I.
Lepidus
venit ut Italiam defenderet.
2.
«
" qui italiam defenderet.
3-
li
" ad defendendum italiam.
4.
u
" ad defendendam italiam.
5-
li
" italiae defendendae causa.
6.
it
" italiam defendendl causa.
7.
8.
it
" italiam defensurus 'i
" italiam defensum J
EASY STEPS IN LATIN 125
LESSON 111
331. LATIN COMPOSITION
PURPOSE
Write in as many ways as possible : -^
Caesar will lead his army into Kent to find out the nature of the
country. •
332. Examine carefully the sequence of tenses in the following
sentences. What tense follows the -present, the future, the perfect,
the imperfect?
1. I am trying to find out. 4. I have tried to find out.
2. I was trying to find out. 5. I tried to find out.
3. I shall try to find out. 6. I had tried to find out.
333. VOCABULARY
Cantium, -i (n.), Kent regio, -onis (f.), country,
ezploro (f.), find out cognosco (3), -gnovi, -gnitus, find
oonor (i), try, out,
334. Whichof these tenses are primary? secondary? Explain
the distinction.
LESSON 112
335. LATIN IDIOMS
The idioms of any language are phrases peculiar to that lan-
guage, not to be translated literally into any other ; as to carry
out a plan cannot be rendered into any other language by the
verb to carry and the adverb out, as though it were a box or
a basket. In military phrases, such as face about, pitch a camp,
126
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
A ROMAN SCHOOL
break up campy fall in, it is easily understood that the common
words to break or to pitch would not apply. Therefore it is always
necessary to render ideas, not separate words.
336. Express by one word in English, and if possible in
Latin : —
I.
Without grudging.
6.
A second time.
2.
Eager for money.
7-
In all places.
3.
To be desirous of.
8.
To run away.
4.
To be pleasing to.
9-
To give admission to
5-
Most of all.
10.
Treacherous plots.
337. Learn the following : —
celerius opinione, sooner than any one would think,
nihil negoti, no business ; quid negoti, what business ?
quisque nobilissimus, all the nobility,
inter si amantes, loving one another.
dicto audientes, obedient.
Bring in ten English phrases that cannot be rendered word
for word.
EASY STEPS IN LATIN 12/
LESSON 113
338. IDIOMATIC USES OF ESSE
1. The part or duty of any person is often expressed by the
genitive with ease : —
Imperatoxls est, // is a generaVs duty,
SapientiB est pauca loqui, it is the part of a wise man to say little.
Suae dignitatis est, // is consistent with his dignity,
2. The dative is used with esse to denote the owner : —
Est mihi liber, / have a book.
Nobis sunt libri mulli, we have many books.
3. Esse is often used with an adverb instead of an adjective : —
Bene est, it is well.
Recte sunt omnia, all is well,
339. Learn the following : —
Bono animo esse, to feel kindly toward.
Pro hoste esse, to be accounted an enemy.
Tanti est, it is worth while,
340. Write in Latin, by the above rules : —
1. I have, you have, he has, we have, they have,
2. Caesar has, Caesar had, Caesar will have.
3. It is a consuPs business ; it is a soldier*s duty.
4. Soldiers will always obey a good general.
5. The Romans had no business in Gaul.
APPENDIX
341. GENERAL VIEW OF REGULAR CASE-ENDINGS
DECLENSION
I
II
III
IV
V
Singular
Nom.
a
us, er, ir, um
j s, and other (
/ us, u
es
Voc.
a
e, er, ir, um
( endings )
us, u
es
Gen.
ae
I
is
us
ei
DaL
ae
6
1
ui, u
ei
Ace,
am
um
em, im
um, u
em
AbL
a
6
e,i
u
e
Plural
iV., F.
ae
i,a
es, a, ia
us, ua
es
Gen.
arum
orum
um, ium
uum
erum
Ace,
as
OS, a
es, is, a, ia
us, ua
es
D„ Abl.
Is
IS
ibus
ibus
ebus
342.
Nom.
FIRST DECLENSION
Gen.
Sg. Stella (/) stellae
PL Stellae stellarum
EASY STEPS IN LAT.-
DAT. Acc.
Voc.
Abl.
stellae stellam
Stella
steUa
stellTs Stellas
Stellae
stellls
■9 129
star
130
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
343«
SECOND DECLENSION
NoM. Gen.
DAT.
Acc.
Voc.
Abl.
S^, hortus (w.) horti
/v. horti hortorum
horto
hortis
hortum
hortas
horte
horti
horto
hortis
gardi
^. puer (w.) pueri
/v. pueri puer5rum
puero
pueris
puerum
puer5s
puer
pueri
puer5
pueris
bay
S^, ager (w.) agri
/y. agri agr5rum
agr5
agris
agrum
agrSs
ager
agri
agro
agris
field
S^, d5num (».) doni
/y. dona d5n5rum
dono
d5n!s
d5num
ddna
d5nuiii
ddna
d5n5
d5ms
Sift
344-
Sg, rex(m.)
PL reges
THIRD DECLENSION
regis
regum
regl regem
regibus reges
Sg, miles (^1.) militis mllitl militem
PI, mllites mllitum militibus mllites
Sg, turns (/) turris turri
PI, turres turrium turribus
rex rege kit^
reges regibus
miles mllite soldier
mllites militibus
turrem (*im) turris turre (-1) tower
turres (-Is) turres turribus
Sg, nomen(».) nominis nomini n5men
PI, nomina nominum ndminibus ndraina
Sg urbs(/)
urbis
urbl
urbem urbs
urbe
PI, urbes
urbium
urbibus
urbes (-is) urbes
urbibus
nomen nomine name
nomina n5minibus
city
345.
FOURTH DECLENSION
Sg, manus (/} manus manul (H) manum
PI, manus manuum manibus maniis
Sg, cornii («.) corniis(-ii) comu comu
PL comua cornuum comibus comua
Sg, domus (/) domiis or domul or domum
donu domo
PL domus domuum<?rdomibus domos ^r
domorum domus
manus manu hand
maniis manibus
comli comu horn
cornua comibus
domus domo or house
domu ox home
domus domibus
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
131
346'
FIFTH DECLENSION
NOM.
Gen.
DAT.
Ace.
Voc
Abl.
*. res (/)
re!
re!
rem
res
re
thing
PI res
rerum
rebus
res
res
rebus
Sg. dies (m, or/:)
die! (-e)
die! (-e)
diem
dies
die
day
PI, dies
dierum
diebus
dies
dies
diebus
Sg, fides (/)
fide!
fide!
fidem
fides
fide
faith
In the fifth declension, only dids and res are complete in
the plural.
347. ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND
DECLENSIONS
Bonus,
SINGULAR
PLURAL
M.
F,
N.
M.
F.
N,
Nam,
bonus
* bona
bonum
bon!
bonae
bona
Gen.
bon!
bonae
bon!
bondrum
bonarum
bonorum
Dat.
bona
bonae
bon5
bon!s
boms
boms
Ace.
bonum
bonam
bonum
bonos
bonas
bona
Voe.
bone
bona
bonum
bon!
bonae
bona
Abl,
bon5
bona
bono
Niger,
boms
blaek
boms
boms
Nom. niger nigra nigrum
Gen, nigr! Jiigrae nigr!
Dat, nigr5 nigrae nigro
Ace, nigrum nigram nigrum
Voc, niger nigra nigrum
Abl. nigr5 nigra nigrS
nigr! nigrae nigra
nigr5rum nigrirum nigrorum
nigr!s nigr!s nigris
nigros nigras nigra
nigr! . nigrae nigra
nigr!s nigr!s nigr!s
348. The following have the genitive singular in ins and the
dative in i in all genders : —
alius, -a, -ud, another boIus, -a, -um, alone
totuSy -a, -um, whole unus^ -a^ -um^ one
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
135
Indicative
SINGULAR PLURAL
Subjunctive
Imperfect
singular plural
I.
2.
3.
eram
er&B
erat
eramuB
erfttiB
erant
eBBem (forem)
eBB^B (forfiB)
eaaet (foret)
eBBfimuB
esBfitiB
easent (forent)
Future
I.
2.
3.
er5
. eriB
erit
erimuB
eritlB
enint
I.
2.
3-
lul
foisa
foit
Perfect
fuimuB faeriin
folBtiB faerlB
fafinmt, faSre fuerit
fuerimuB
fueritiB
fuerint
I.
2.
3.
fuerftmuB
fuer&tiB
fuerant
Plup
erfect
fuiBBem
fuiBB^B
fuiBBet
fui886muB
fuiflBfitiB
fuiflsent
I.
2.
3.
faer5
faarlB
fuerit
FtUure
fuerimuB
fueritiB
fuerint
Perfect
Imperative
singular
Present. 2. ea, be you
Future, 2. estS, you shall be
3. estS, he shall be
Infinitive
PLURAL
2. este, be ye
2. wiX,hXJt^ ye shall be
3. 8unt5, they shall be
Present, esae, to be
Perfect, fuiaae, to have been
Future, fore or futtlruB eaae, to be about to be
Participle
Future, futfLruB, -a, -urn, about to be
136
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
354. ACnVB VOICE
FIRST CONJUGATION SECOND CONJUGATION
Am5, amftre, am&vl, am&tus Mone5, monfire, monul, monituB
Indicative
Subjunctive
Indicative
Subjunctive
PRBSBNT
present
I love
/ may love
I warn
/ may warn
am5
amem
moneS
moneam
amfts
amfiB
monfiB
mone&B
amat
amet
monet
moneat
amamuB
amfimuB
monemuB
moneftmuB
am&tts
amfitiB
monfitiB
mone&tlB
amant
ament
monent
moneant
IMPERFECT 1
imperfect
I loved
/ might love
I warned
I might warn
am&bam
amarem
monfibam
monCrem
am&b&B
amar6B
mon6b&B
monSrSB
am&bat
amftret
monfibat
mon6ret
am&bamuB
amar6muB
monfibamuB
monSrStnuB
am&b&tiB
amarfitiB
monfib&tiB
monCrStiB
am&bant
amftrent
monSbant
monCrent
/ shall love
FUTURE
I shall warn
future
am&bd
monSbo
amSlbiB
monSbiB
am&bit
mongbit
am&bimuB
monSbimuB
am&bitiB
monSbitiB
am&bunt
monSbunt
PERFECT 1
perfect
/ loved
/ may have loved
/ warned
/ may have warned
amavi
amaverim
monul
monuerim
amavlBtX
amaveriB
monulBti
monueriB
amavit
amaverit
monuit
monuerit
amavimuB
amaverimoB
monuimuB
monuerimuB
amaviBtlB
amaveritiB
monulBtiB
monueritlB
amavSmnt
(-Sre)
amaverint
monugnint (-6re) monuerint
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
137
ACTIVE VOICE
THIRD CONJUGATION FOURTH CONJUGATION
Tegd, tegere, tHid, tfictUB Aadi5, audire, audlvl, audltus
Indicative
Subjunctive
Indicative
Subjunctive
I cover
PRESENT
/ may cover
I hear
PRESENT
/ may hear
teg5
teglB
tegit
tegam
tegftB
tegat
audiS
audiB
audit
audiftB
audiat
tegimuB
tegitlB
tegunt
tegSmuB
teg&tiB
tegant
audbnuB
aadltiB
audiunt
audiftmUB
audi&tis
audiant
I covered
IMPERFECT
/ might cover
I heard
IMPERFECT
/ might hear
tegSbam
teg6b&B
tegSbat
tegerem
tegergB
tegeret
audiSbam
audiSbSls
audiebat
audirem
audlrfis
audiret
tegSbamuB
teg6b&ti8
tegSbant
tegerSmuB
tegeretiB
tegerent
audiebSmuB
audiSb&tiB
audiSbant
audlremuB
audlretis
audirent
/ shall cover
FUTURE
I shall hear
FUTURE
tegam
teggB
teget
audiam
audiSB
audiet
tegfimuB
tegetiB
tegent
PERFECT
audiSmuB
audiStis
audient
PERFECT
I covered
/ may have covered
I heard
/ may have heard
texl
texiBtX
texit
texerim
t'xerifl
texerit
audM
audiviflti
audivit
audiverim
audiveris
audiverit
teximuB texerimuB
texifltiB texeritiB
texfinint (-fire) texerint
audivimuB audiverimuB
audivistiB ' audiveritia
audiv6nmt (-fire) audiverint
138
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
ACnVB VOICE
FIRST CONJUGATION SECOND CONJUGATION
Am5, amSre, am&vl, am&tus Moiie5, monfire, monul, monitoB
Indicative Subjunctivk
Indicative Subjunctive
PLUPERFECT
PLUPERFECT
/ had loved I might have loved
/ had wa med I might have warned
amaveram amavissem
monueram monuiaaem
amaver&B amavisses
monuer&a monuiaaSa
amaverat amavisset
monuerat monuiaaet
amaveramua amaviasSmus
monaeramua monuiaafimua
amaver&tlB amaviaaStiB
monuerfttia monuiaafitia
amaverant amaviaaent
monuerant monuiaaent
FUTURE PERFECT
FUTURE PERFECT
I shall have loved
I shall have warned
amaver5
monuerS
amaveria
monueria
amaverit
monuerit
amaverimua
monuerimua
amaveriUa
monueritia
amaverint
monuerint
Infinitive
Infinitive
pREs. amSre, to love
PRES. mongre, to warn
PERF. amavlaae, to have loved
PERF. monuiaae, to have warned
fut. amaturua eaae, to be about to
FUT. monltiirua eaae, to be about to
love
warn
Imperative
Imperative
PRESENT
PRESENT
5. 2. amft, love you
5. 2. monfi, warn you
P, 2. amate, love ye ox you
P, 2. monSte, warn ye or you
FUTURE
FUTURE
5. 2. 2iaAtb, you shall love
S. 2. monSt5, you shall warn
3. amfttd, he shall love
3. monCtS, he shall warn
P, 2. ain&t5te, you shall love
P, 2. mongtSte, you shall warn
3. monent5, they shall warn
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
139
ACTIVE VOICE
THIRD CONJUGATION FOURTH CONJUGATION
Teg5, tegere, t6zl, tfictus Aadi5, audire, audlvl, audltus
Indicativb SuBJUNCnVK
Indicative Subjunctive
PLUPERFECT
PLUPERFECT
/ had covered I might have covered
/ had heard I might have heard
texeram texisBem
aadiveram audivlBBem
texerfts texissfis
audiver&B audiviBB6B
texerat texisset
audiverat audivisBOt
texerftmua texissemus
audlveramuB audivlB86muB
texer&tiB texissetiB
audiver&tiB audlviBsetiB
texerant texlBsent
audiverant audivissent
FUTURE PERFECT
FUTURE PERFECT
I shall have covered
I shall have heard
texer5
audiverS
texeris
audiverlB
texerlt
audiverit
texeritnuB
audiverimuB
texeritiB
audlverltifl
texerint
audlverint
Infinitive
Infinitive
pREs. tegere, to cover
PRES. audire, to hear
pekf. texisBO, to have covered
PERF. audivisse, to have heard
FUT. tectuniB OBBO, to be about to
FUT. auditHruB esse, to be about to
cover
hear
Imperative
Imperative
present
PRESENT
S, 2. tege, cover you
S. 2. audi, hear you
P. 2. tegite, cover ye ox you
P, 2. ZM^tBy hear ye ox you
FUTURE
FUTURE
S. 2. tegit5, you shall cover
S. 2. ^.Vi^it6, you shall hear
3. tegitS, he shall cover
3. audits, he shall hear
P, 2. tegit5te, you shall cover
P. audltote, you shall hear
3. teguntS, they shall cover
audiuntd, they shall hear
140
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
ACTIVE VOICE
FIRST CONJUGATION SECOND CONJUGATION
Amd^amSre, am&vl, am&tas Moiie5, monfire, monul, monitus
Participles
PREs. amflns, loving
FUT. am&tHrua, -a, -um, about to
love
Gerund
Gen, amandl, of loving
Dat. amand5, for loving
Ace, amandum, loving
Abl, amand5, by loving
Supine
am&tum, to love
Participles
PRES. monfins, warning
PUT. monittinis, -a, -um, about to
warn
Gerund
Gen, monendl, of warning
Dat, monendd, for ivarning
Ace. monendum, warning
Abl, moneiid5, by warning
Supine
monitxun, to warn
355. PASSIVE VOICE
FIRST CONJUGATION SECOND CONJUGATION
Amor, amSbi, am&tus sum Moneor, monfixf, monitua sum
Indicative
Subjunctive
Indicative
Subjunctive
present
PRESENT
I am loved
/ may be loved
I am warned
/ may be warned
amor
amer
moneor
monear
am&ris (-re)
amSris (-re)
monSris (-re)
moneftrls (-re)
amfttur
amCtur
mongtur
mone&tur
amSlmur
amSmur
monSmur
moneSmur
am&mini
am6minl
monfimini
amantur
amentur
monentur
moneantur
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
141
ACTIVE VOICE
THIRD CONJUGATION FOURTH CONJUGATION
Teg5, tegere, tfisd, tSctas Audid, audire, audivi, audltus
Participles
PRKs. tegfins, covering
FUT. tectHrua, -a, -um, about to
cover
Gerund
Gen. tegendl, of covering
Dat, tegend5, for covering
Ace, tegendum, covering
Abl. tegend5, by covering
Supine
tectum, to cover
Participles
pREs. audifins, hearing
FUT. audittlrus, -a, -um, about to
hear
Gerund
Gen, audiendl, of hearing
Dat. audieiid5, for hearing
Ace. audiendum, hearing
Abl, audleiid5, by hearing
Supine
audftmn, to hear
PASSIVE VOICE
THIRD CONJUGATION FOURTH CONJUGATION
Tegor, tegi, tfictiui sum Audior, audM, audltus sum
Indicative
Subjunctive
Indicative
Subjunctive
PRESENT
PRESENT
I am covered
/ may be covered
I am heard
/ may be heard
tegor
tegar
audior
audiar
tegeris (-re)
tegariB (-re)
audiris (-re)
audiarlB (-re)
tegitur
teg&tur
auditur
audi&tur
tegimur
tegftmur
audimur
audiSmur
tegimini
tegaminl
audi3i]iiiii
teguntur
tegantur
audiuntur
audiantur
142
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
PASSIVE VOICB
FIRST CONJUGATION SECOND CONJUGATION
Amor, amftrl, am&tcui sum Moneor, monM, monitas sum
Indicative
Subjunctive
Indicative
Subjunctive
IMPERFECT
IMPERFECT
I was loved
/ might be loved
I was warned
/ might he warned
am&bar
amftrer
monfibeu:
am&bftris (-re)
am&b&tar
amftrfiris (-re)
amftrfitor
monSbftria (-re)
monfib&tor
monSrCria (-re)
monfirfitor
am&bftmur
amftrfimur
monfibamur
monfirfimur
am&bftmlnl
amftrfiminl
monfibaminl
monfir&niiil
am&bantur
amftrentar
monfibantor
monSrentur
FUTURE
IshaUheloved
future
I shall he warned
am&bor
monSbor
am&beris (-re)
am&bitor
monfiberia (-re)
monfibitur
am&bimur
monfibimur
am&biminl
monfibiminl
am&brintar
PERFECT
I was laved ^ '^^'^^^^ ^'^"
monSbuntur
PERFECT
amatus aim
monitus aum
monitus aim
amatus es
amatus als
monitus ea
monitus aJa
amiltus est
amatus ait
monitus eat
monitus ait
ami» Bumtui
amS» almua
monit! aomaa
monid almua
amat! estis
amat! altia
monit! eatia
monit! altia
amat! Bimt
amad aint
monit! aunt
monit! aint
PLUPERFECT
PLUPERFECT
amatus eram
amatus eaaem
monitus eram
monitus eaaem
amatus erfts
amatus eaafia
monitus er&a
monitus eaafia
amatus erat
amatus eaaet
monitus erat
monitus eaaet
amati erftmus
amat! eaaemua
monit! erftmua
monit! eaafimua
amat! er&tiB
amat! eaaetia
monit! er&tia
monit! eaafitia
amat! erant
amat! eaaent
monit! erant
monit! eaaent
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
143
PASSIVE VOICB
THIRD CONJUGATION FOURTH CONJUGATION
Tegor, tefi, tfictns Bum Audior, audlxl, aadltos sum
Indicative
Subjunctive
Indicative
Subjunctive
IMPERFECT
imperfect
/ was covtred
/ might he covered
/ wets heard
I might he heard
tegfibar
tegerer
audiCbar
audirer
tegCbaris (-re)
tegerSrlB (-re)
audiebftriB (-re)
audlrfiriB (-re)
teg6b&tar
tegerfitur
audi6b&tar
audirfitur
tegebamur
tegerfimur
audiebamur
audirfimur
tegfibamiol
audiebaminl
tegSbantar
tegerentor
audifibantur
audlrentor
FUTURE 1
future
/ shall he covered
I shall be heard
tegar
audiar
tegfirls (-re)
audifiriB (-re)
tegetor
audietur
tegemur
audifimur
tegeminl
audifiminl
tegentor
audientor
PERFECT 1
perfect
/ was covered
/ may have heen
covered
/ was heard
/ may have heen
heard
tectus Bum
tectus Bim
auditus Bum
auditus aim
tectus ea
tectus bIb
auditus CB
auditus bIb
tectus est
tectus Bit
auditus eBt
auditus Bit
tecti BumuB
tecti BimuB
audit! BomuB
audit! BimuB
tecti estlB
tecti BitiB
audit! CBtiB
audit! utiB .
tecti Bunt
tecti Bint
audit! Bunt
audit! Bint
PLUPERFECT |
pluperfect
/ had been covered
I might {should)
have been covered
I had heen heard
I might {should)
have been heard
tectus eram
tectus CBBem
auditus eram
auditus eBBom
tectus erftB
tectus cbbSb
auditus er&B
auditus eBBfia
tectus erat
tectus CBBCt
auditus erat
auditus eBBOt
teed erftmuB
tecti eBBfimoB
audit! erftmuB
audit! eBBfimuB
tecti er&tlB
tecti CBsfitiB
audit! er&tiB
audit! eBBfitia
tecti erant
tecti eBBent
audit! erant
audit! eaaent
144
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
PASSIVE VOICE
FIRST CONJUGATION SECOND CONJUGATION
Amor, amftrl, am&tus sum Moneor, monfirl, monitiui sum
Indicative
Indicative
FUTURE PERFECT
FUTURE PERFECT
/ shall have been loved
I shall have been warned
amatus iBr5
monitus er5
amatus eris
monitus eris
amatus erit
monitus erit
amati eritnus
moniti erimus
amati eritis
' moniti eritis
amati enint
moniti erunt
Infinitive
Infinitive
PRES.
am&ri, to be loved
PRES.
monfirl, to be warned
PERF.
amfttUB esse, to have been
PERF.
monitus esse, to have been
loved
warned
PUT.
amfttum M or am&tus fore,
FUT.
monitum M or monitus fore.
to be about to be loved
to be about to be warned
Imperative
Imperative
PRESENT
» PRESENT
5. 2.
amftre, be you loved
5. 2.
monSre, be you warned
p. 2.
am&mini, be ye loved
P, 2.
monSminl, be ye warned
FUTURE
future
S, 2.
am&tor, you shall be loved
S. 2.
monfitor, you shall be warned
3.
am&tor, he shall be loved
3-
monStor, he shall be warned
P, 2.
3.
•
P, 2.
3-
amantor, they shall be loved
monentor, they shall be warned
Participles
Participles
PERF.
amatus, -a, -um, having
PERF.
monitus, -a, -um, having
been loved
been warned
GERUNDIVE amandus, -a, -um, to be {
gerundive monenduB, -a, -um, to be
loved
warned
Supine
Supine
am&tfl, to be loved
monitfl, to be warned
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
145
PA88IVB VOICB
THIRD CONJUGATION FOURTH CONJUGATION
Tegor, tegl, tfictos sam Audlor, aadld, audltus sum
INDICATIVB
Indicative
FUTURE PBRFSCT
FUTURE FERFECT
I shall have bttn covered
T shall have been heard
tectus er5
audittts er5
tectus wAm
audittts eris
tectus erit
audittts erit
tecti erlmuB
audit! erimus
tect! eritdB
audit! eritis
tecti enmt
audit! enmt
iNFINmVB
Infinitive
FREs. tegl, to be covered
FRES.
audirl, to be heard
FBRF. tectus eMe, to have been cov-
FERF.
audltus esse, to have been
ered
heard
POT. tectum M or tectus fore, to
FUT.
audltum M or audltus fore,
be about to be covered
to be about to be heard
Imfbrativb
Imperative
PRESENT
S, 2. tegere, be you covered
S. 2.
audlre, be you heard
P. 2, tegiminl, be ye covered
P. 2.
SLVidSmlihl, be ye heard
FUTURE
S» 2. tegitor» you shall be covered
5. 2.
auditor, you shall be heard
3. tegitor, he shall be covered
3.
auditor, he shall be heard
D «.
P. 2.
5.
3. teguntor, they shall be covered
audiuntor, they shall be heard
Particifles
PARTiaPLES
FBRF. tectus, -a, -um, having
FERF.
audltus, -a, -um, having
been covered
been heard
GERUNDIVE tegoudus (-undus), -a,
GERUNDIVE audieudus, -a, -um, to
•um, to be covered
be heard
SUFINE
Supine
tectll, to be covered
audltH, to be heard
EASY STEPS IN LAT. — ID
146
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
356. THIRD CONJUGATION. VERBS IN -10
Verbs in -15 {present stem) are inflected as follows : —
Active Voice
Pasaive Voice
Indicative
Subjunctive
Indicative
Subjunctive
PRESENT
I take
/ may take
lam taken
I may be taken
capi5
capis
capit
capiam
capi&s
capiat
capior
capexia (-re)
capitur
capiar
capi&ris (-re)
capiatur
capimus
capitis
capirint
capiftmuB
capiAtis
capiant
IMPEI
capimur
capimini
capimitor
IFECT
capiftmur
capiSminl
capiantur
Ufok (was taking)
/ might take
/was taken
/ might have ^aken
capifibam
capi6b&s
capifibat
caperem
caperfis
caperet
.capifibar
capifibftris (-re)
capi6b&tar
caperer
caperfiris (-re)
caperfitur
capifibamuB
capi6b&tiB
capifibant
caper 6mus
caperfitis
caperent
FUT
capifibamur
capifibSminI
capifibantnr
URE
caperSmur
caperSminl
caperentnr
I shall take
I shall be taken
capiam
capifis
capiet
capiar
capifiris (-re)
capifitor
capifimus
capifitis
capient
PER]
capiSmur
capifiminl
capientur
cepi
ceperlm
PLUPE
captua sum
HFECT
captua aim
ceperam
cepissem
captua eram
captua esaem
FUTURE
PERFECT
ceper6
captua er5
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
Active Voice Passive Voice
147
Imperative
cape
capita
capita
capite
capitate
capiunta
capere
capiminl
capitor
capirintor
Infinitive
capere
cepisse | capl
Participles
captus ess
capiens
capttlruB
captas
capiendos
357. A SYNOPSIS OF TBO6, ARRANGED BY STEMS
Tega, t&d, tfictus
From teg- (a), stem tege-
Active Voice
Passive Voice
Present Indicative
tega
tegor
Imperfect Indicative
teg6bam
tegSbar
Future Indicative
tegam
tegar
Present Subjunctive
tegam
tegar
Imperfect Subjunctive
tegerem
tegerer
Imperative
tege, future, tegita
tegere, tegitor
Infinitive
tegere
tegl
ParHHple
tegCns
tegendus
Gerund
tegendl
From t6a:-(I)
From tact-(um)
Perfect Indicative
tesd
tectus sum
Pluperfect Indicative
texeram
tectus eram
Future Perfect Indicative
texera
tectus era
Perfect Subjunctive
texerim
tectus Sim
Pluperfect Subjunctive
texissem
tectus essem
Perfect Infinitive
texisse
tectus esse
Future Infinitive
f tecttbns esse (active)
tectum III (passive)
Future Participle
tecttbns (active)
Perfect Participle
tectus (passive)
Supines
tectum, tecta
148 EASY STEPS IN LATIN
IMPORTANT CHANGES OF VOWELS AND CONSONANTS
VOWELS
358. I. 1 takes the place of a or e before a single consonant ;
this change is especially to be noticed in the many compounds of
ago, oapio, and faoio, as redlgo, reoipi5, xefioi5. For translation,
therefore, separate all such compounds into the preposition and
the simple verb, a generally taking the place of L
2. an becomes a or o, as olaudo, shut; ezoludS, shut out:
plaudo, clap: explodo, to clap loudly.
CONSONANTS
3. In compounds, especially frequent with prepositions, the final
consonant of the prefix is changed to correspond with the letter
following; as —
■ub-pono = suppono ad-onrro = aconrrS
■ub-f ero = suffero ' ad-tangS = attingo
This change is called assimilation.
4. d and t are often omitted for euphony, as lao(t), milk; la-
pi(d)s, a stone; ^(^m^ foot,
5. Also, for euphony, m often takes the place of n, as eomndeniy
eundem.
PRINCIPAL RULES OF SYNTAX
The numbers in parentfieaes refer to sections in which the constructions or
rules occur.
H. «B Harkness' Complete Latin Grammar, references to Harkness' Standard
Grammar being inclosed in parentheses ; L. «b Lane and Moigan ; A. «b Allen and
Greenough; G.MGildersleeve; B.aB Bennett .
1. The subject of a finite verb is in the nominative case (zz) :
H. 3S7 (368) ; L. 4SS ; A. 173, a; G. 203 ; B. 166.
2. A finite verb agrees with its subject in number and person
(z3) : H. 388 (460) ; L. 469 ; A. 204 ; G. 211 ; B. 254.
3. An adjective agrees with its noun in gender, number, and
case (aa) : H. 394 (438) ; L. 476 ; A. 186 ; G. 211 ; B. 234.
4. A pronoun agrees with its antecedent in gender and number,
but its case depends upon its use (z88) : H. 396 (445) ; L. 483 ;
A. 198 ; G. 614 ; B. 250.
5. A noun limiting another noun, meaning the same person or
thing, is put by apposition in the same case (zz3) : H. 393 (363) ;
L. 475 ; A. 184; G. 321 ; B. 169.
THE GENITIVE
6. A noun limiting another noun, not meaning the same person
or thing, is generally in the genitive case : H. 439 (395) ; L. 550 ;
A. 213; G. 362; B. 195.
7. Adjectives and other words denoting desire, knowledge,
memory, fullness, power, shai;ing, guilt, and their opposites,
govern the genitive: H. 4sz (399); L. 573; A. 218, a, ^; G.
374; B. 204.
149
I50 EASY STEPS IN LATIN
8. Words denoting a part are followed by the genitive of the
whole to which the part belongs : H. 444 (397) ; L. 559 ; A. 216 ;
G. 367; B. 201.
THE ACCUSATIVE
9. The direct object of a transitive verb is in the accusative :
H. 404 (371) ; L. 497 ; A. 237 ; G. 330 : B. 172.
10. Most prepositions are followed by the accusative : H. 420
(433) ; L. 659 j A. 152 ; G. 416 ; B. 141.
11. Verbs of asking, demanding, teaching, and concealing take
two accusatives, one of the person, and the other of the thing :
H. 411 (374) ; L. 522 ; A. 239, c ; G. 339 ; B. 178.
12. Duration of time and extent of space are expressed by the
accusative (201, i) : H. 417 (379); L. 513; A. 240, e; G. 334;
B. 181.
13. The place to which is put in the accusative with ad or in ;
names of towns, also domuB and rue, need no preposition : H. 418
(380) ; L. 5x5 ; A. 258 ; G. 337 ; B. 182.
THE DATIVE
14. The dative is the case of indirect object (11) : H. 424
(382); L. 525 ; A. 224; G. 345 ; B. 186.
15. Verbs, adjectives, and other words that would naturally be
followed in English by the prepositions ft? and /or, take the
dative (196): H. 434 (391); L. 532; A. 234, a; G. 346;
B. 192.
16. Two datives are used with a few verbs to denote the object
to which and the end for which (196, 4) : H. 433 (390) ; L. 548 ;
A. 233 ; G. 3SS ; B. 191, 2.
17. The dative is used with the verb sum to denote possession
(196, 3) : H. 430 (387) ; L. 542 ; A. 231 ; G. 349 ; B. 190.
18. Most verbs compounded with ad, ante, con, in, inter, ob,
post, prae, pro, sub, and super take the dative (223) : H. 429 (386) ;
L. 534; A. 228; G. 347; B. 187.
EASY STEPS IN LATIN 151
THE ABLATIVE
19. Cardinal numbers and a few other words take the ablative
with e, ex, or de, instead of the partitive genitive (192, 2) : H. 444
(397i N. 3) ; L. 563 ; A. 216, c; G. 372 ; B. 201, a.
20. The ablative is used without a preposition to express —
(a) Source or separation (iii): H. 460 (413); L. 600, 609;
A. 243, 244; G. 395 ; B. 214, 215.
{3) Cause, manner, means (203, 2) : H. 472 (419, 420) ; L. 612,
636; A. 245, 248; G, 399; B. 218, 219.
(/) Price or value (272), (316) : H. 478 (422) ; L. 652 ; A. 252 ;
G. 404 ; B. 225.
{d) Time when and within which (201) : H. 486 (429) ; L. 630 ;
A. 258 ; G. 393 ; B. 228.
(e) Place where and from which (201) : H. 486 (429) ; L. 620 ;
A. 258 ; G. 393 ; B. 230.
(/) Accompaniment, usually with cum (102) : H. 473 (419) ;
L. 634; A. 248, a; G. 401, 8; B. 222.
21. The voluntary agent of a verb in the passive voice is in the
ablative with a or ab (141) : H. 431 (415, i) ; L. 614; A. 246 ;
G. 401 ; B. 216.
22. Comparatives without qnam take the ablative (203, 3) :
H. 471 (417); L. 615; A. 247^ G. 398; B. 217.
23. The deponents utor, fruor, fungor, potior, vescor, and their
compounds govern the ablative (203, 4) ; H. 477 (421, 4) ; L. 646 ;
A. 249 ; G. 407 ; B. 218, i.
24. The ablative of specification is used with a noun, an adjec-
tive, or a verb to define its application (307) : H. 480 (424) ;
L. 650; A. 253; G. 397; B. 226.
25. The prepositions in and sub, denoting rest, are followed by
the ablative ; denoting motion, by the accusative (61) : H. 490
(435); L. 666; A. 152, ^:; G. 418; B. 143.
26. The agent is expressed by the dative regularly after the
gerundive (denoting obligation or necessity), and often after the
perfect passive participle (184) : H. 431 (388) ; L. 544 ; A. 232 ;
G. 354; B. 189.
152 EASY STEPS IN LATIN
QUESTIONS
27. N5ime in a question implies the answer ^'^^^; nnm, no; -no,
no answer indicated (233) : H. 378 (351, i) ; L. 698; A. 210;
G. 454, 6 ; B. 162, 2.
ADVERBS
28. Adverbs qualify verbs, adjectives, or other adverbs (60) :
H. 654 (551) ; L. 669 ; A. 207 ; G. 439 ; B. 347.
INDIRECT DISCOURSE
29. The infinitive with a subject-accusative is used after verbs
and other expressions of saying, thinking, knowing, perceiving,
and the like. This construction is caUed Indirect Discourse (xoo) :
H. 641 (523); L. 1020; A. 336; G. 530; B. 331.
Subordinate clauses in indirect discourse always require the
subjunctive : H, 643 (524) ; L. 788 ; A. 272 ; G. 650; B. 314.
Questions and commands in indirect discourse are usually in
the subjunctive: H. 642 (523); I^. 1023, 1024; A. 338, 339;
G. 652; B. 315,316.
SUBJUNCTIVE
30. The subjunctive is used independently to express wish or
command (96) : H. 558, 559, 2 (483) ; L. 710, 716 ; A, 266,
267; G. 260, 263; B. 27s, 279.
31. The subjunctive is used in subordinate clauses to express —
{a) Purpose (final Clauses) (96) : H. 568 (497) ; L. 893, 9 ;
A. 317; 0.545; B. 282.
ip) Result (consecutive clauses) (96) : H. 570 (500) ; L. 902, 5 ;
A. 319; G. 552; B. 284.
{c) Condition (conditional clauses) : H. 582 (507) ; L. 926 ;
A. 307 ; G. 596 ; B. 302, 319.
{d) Concession (concessive clauses) (290): H. 586 (5x5);
L. 839 ; A. 326 ; G. 587 ; B. 309.
EASY STEPS IN LATIN 1 53
(e) Cause (causal clauses) (96) : H. 588 (5 16) ; L. 85 1 ; A. 326;
G. 586 ; B. 286.
(/) Time (temporal clauses) (190); H. 600 (521); L. 858;
A. 325 ; G. 585 ; B. 288, 290.
(g) Indirect question (96): H. 649 (529); L. 810; A, 334;
G. 467 ; B. 300.
(h) Subject or object of a verb (96) : —
/n sondiHonal clauses (277) : —
32. The indicative mood assumes the supposed case as real :
H. 574 (507) ; L. 933 ; A. 306 ; G. 594, i ; B. 302.
33. The present or perfect subjunctive assumes the case as
possible: H. 576 (507, 2); L. 936; A. 307; G. 594, 2;
B. 303.
34. The imperfect or pluperfect subjunctive assumes the case to
be contrary to fact : H. 579 (507, 3) ; L. 932 ; A. 308 ; G. 594, 3 ;
B. 304.
In causal clauses: —
35. The indicative gives a reason on the authority of the speaker
(loa) : H. 588 (516) j L. 788; A. 321 ; G. 539 ; B. 286.
36. The subjunctive, on the authority of another : H. 588 (5 16) ;
L. 791 ; A. 326 ; G. 541 ; B. 286.
37. Cum temporal takes the imperfect and pluperfect tenses in
the subjunctive ; other tenses in the indicative (190) : H. 598
(521); L. 858; A. 325 ; G. 580; B. 288.
THE ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE
38. Instead of subordinate clauses denoting time, cause, con-
dition, etc., a noun and participle are used in the ablative, called
the ablative absolute (161, i) : H. 489 (431) ; L. 638; A. 255 ;
G. 409; B. 227.
39. An adjective or second noun may take the place of the
participle (x6i, 2) : H. 489, 5 (431, 4) ; L. 639 ; A. 255 ; G. 409 ;
B. 227, I.
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
A. = Aulus.
a, ab, prep, w. abl,, from, away from,
by, on the side of ; a tergo, in the
rear,
abducd, 3, -diixi, -ductus, lead away,
take away.
abeo, -ire, -ivi (-ii), -iturus, go away.
abicid, 3, -iSci, -iectus, throw away,
throw.
abs = ab.
absque, /r^. w. abL, apart from.
ac, atque, conj.t and, and especially ;
as, than.
accedd, 3, -cessi, -cessurus, go to, ap-
proach.
accidd, 3, -i, — , happen.
accingd, 3, -cinzi,- -cinctus, gird.
accipid, 3, -cepi, -ceptus, take, receive.
accommodd, i, fit, harmonize, suit.
accurrd, 3, -curri or -cucurri, -cursus,
run to.
acer, acris, acre, sharp, fierce, keen,
eager.
acies, -ei,/, an army, line of battle.
acriter, sharply, bravely, eagerly.
Actium, -i, «., a promontory of west-
em Greece.
acutus, -a, -urn, sharp.
ad, prep, w. ace, to, toward; w.
numerals, about.
adficid, 3, -feci, -fectus, affect; w,
abl,f visit with, inflict.
I
adhibed, 2, -ui, -itus, summon, turn to.
adiungd, 3, -iunzi, -iunctus, join to,
annex.
adligd, I, tie to.
administrator, -5ris, m., and admi-
nistratrix, -icis, /, administrator.
admodum, very.
admoved, 2, -m5vi, -mdtus, move to,
*put; w. flammas, set fire.
adolescd, 3, -olSvi, -ultus, grow up.
addmo, i, adorn.
adsentator, -6ris, m., flatterer.
adulescens, -entis, m., youth.
adurd, 3, -ussi, -ustus, bum, scorch.
advenid, 4, -veni, -ventus, come to,
arrive.
adventus, -us, /, arrival.
aedes, -is, /, temple ; //., house.
aestimd, i, value, rate.
aestus, -us, m., tide.
aetas, -atis, /, age.
Africanus, -a, -um, African.
ager, agri, w., field, land, territory.
aggredior, 3, -gressus, approach, at-
tack.
agitd, I, shake, tremble.
agmen, -inis, n,, army, van.
ago, 3, egi, actus, act, do, move; an-
num agens sextum et decimum, at
sixteen years old; gratias — , thank.
agricola, -ae, m,, farmer.
alacritas, -atis, /, eagerness.
Alba Longa, -ae, /, a town of Italy.
Albinus, -i, m,, Alban.
55
156
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
Albertns, -I, m^ Albert
albas, -a, -um, white.
Alexander, -dri, m., Alexander.
Alfredns, -i, m^ Alfred.
aliquandd, sometimes, once, once on a
time.
aliqnis, -qua, -quid or -quod, indef.
pron^ some, any, some one.
alios, -a, -ud, other, another; as
correL, one . . . one, one . . . another,
some • . . one, some . . . other.
alter, -a, -um, the other {of two) ;
trecentSsimd et alterd, three hun-
dred and second.
altus, -a, -tun, high, deep.
alumnus, -i, m., foster-son.
alveus, -i, m., boat
amans, -antis, loving.
ambuld, i, walk.
America, -ae, f,^ America.
Americanus, -a, -um, American.
amicus, -i, m., friend.
imittd, 3, -misi, -missus, let go, lose.
amd, I, love, like, be fond of.
amoved, 2, -mdvi, -mdtus, take away.
Amulius, -i, m.^ son of Proca.
Ancus Marcius, -i, m., fourth king of
Rome.
animal, -alls, if ., anunal.
animus, -i, m.^ mind, courage.
Anna, -ae, /, Anna.
annus, -i, m., year; annum agere,
to be of a certain age; trigintft
ann5s habere, to be thirty years old.
ante, adv,^ and prep, w, ace. or abl,,
before.
antea, adv., before.
antequam, conj., before.
Antdnius, -i, m., Antony.
anzius, -a, -um, anxious.
Apenninus, -i, m., the Apennines, a
mountain range in Italy.
aperid, 4, open.
Apolldnius, -i, m,, a distinguished
teacher at Rhodes.
appare5, 2, -ni, -itfims, appear.
appelld, I, call
Appius, -i, m., a name.
apprehends, 3, -!, -hinsns, seize.
app6n5, 3, -posnl, -positns, set before.
appropinquO, i, approach.
Aprilis, -is, of April
apud, prep, w, ace., at, among.
aqua, -ae, /, water.
arbor, -oris,/, tree.
areas, -&s, /, bow.
argentum, -i, n., silver.
arma, -Oram, n ., arms.
arm5, i, arm.
ar5, 1, plow.
Arpinum, -i, n ., a town of Italy.
ars, artis,/., art.
artus, -fis, m., joint
arz, ards, /, citadel.
&s, assis, m., a coin, = about two
cents.
ascnb5, 3, -scrips!, -scriptus, enrolL
Asia, -ae, /, Asia.
asper, -a, -um, rough.
at, eonj\t but, at least
AthSnae, -&rum, /, Athens, a famous
city of Greece.
atque, ac, eonj., and, and especially;
simul — , as soon as.
atrdx, -Ocis, harsh, bitter.
auct5ritis, -atis, /, authority, influ-
ence.
aud&z, -Icis, darings bold.
aude(^ 2, ausus sum, dare.
audid, 4, -ivi, -itus, hear, listen to,
ob^.
auditor, -Oris, listener.
augurium, -i^ n., augury.
Augustus, -i, a name given to Octa-
vian after he became emperor.
Augustus, -a, -um, of August
aulus, -i, m., flute.
Aulus, -!, m., a Roman name.
auris, -is, /, ear.
aurum, -I, n ., gold.
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
157
aaspidlUlit -il, »., divination from
observation of birds, omen; //.,
auspices.
ant, conj,^ or, either.
antem, conj.t moreover, however, but.
anzilium, -ii, »., help, aid.
AYlras, -a, -am, miserly, greedy.
IyS, haiL
ATidus, -a, -am, eager, greedy.
avis, -is, tn, orf,, bird.
aToncolas, -i, m,, uncle.
avos, -!, m,^ grandfather, ancestor.
B
bftca, -ae,/, berry.
Bacchus, -i, m., a Greek god of social
pleasures and wine.
Belga, -ae, m., Belgian.
bellom, -I, #r., war.
bene, adv., well.
benedicO, 3, bless.
beneficns, -a, -am, beneficent.
benerolos, -a, -am, benevolent.
henfgnS, kmdly.
bibliothSca, -ae, / {Greek), library.
bib5, 3, -I, -itas, drink.
bSbos, see bOs.
bonam, -I, n., good; bona, neui. //.,
goods, property.
bonus, -a, -nm, good.
bOs, bovis, m, and /,, ox, cow.
breris, -e, short.
Britannia, -ae, /, Britain.
Britannas, -I, m., Briton.
Brfitus, -!, m., the name of a noble
family of Rome; H&rcus — , a con-
spirator against Caesar.
bfibus, see bOs.
C. = Giius.
cadiyer, -eris, »., corpse.
cad5, 3, cecidi, casfirus, fall, die.
caedSs, -is,/, murder.
caedd, 3, cecidi, caesos, kill.
caelum, -i, k., sky, heaven; //., /7/.,
caelL
Caesar, -axis, m,, Caius Julius Caesar,
general, author, statesman.
calathus, -i, m., basket.
caleO, 2, -ui, be warm.
calSscd, 3, -ai, grow warm.
Camillas, -i, m,, a name.
canicula, -ae, /, little dog.
canis, -is, m. or f., dog.
cand, 3, cecini, cantos, sing.
cantilld, i, chirp, warble.
Cantium, -i, fi., Kent.
cantd, I, sing.
cantus, -us, m,, song.
Canutius, -i, m,, Canute.
capid, 3, cepi, captus, take.
Capitd, -5nis, m., a Roman name. •
caput, -itis, n.t head.
career, -eris, »1., prison.
cars, dearly.
Carolus, -i, m,, Charles.
carrus, -i, m,, wagon.
c&rus, -a, -um, dear.
casa, '&et/,f hut, cottage.
Cassius, -i, m., a conspirator against
Caesar.
castra,\f^^ castrum.
castnun, -i, »., fort; //. castra, camp.
caterya, -ae,/, crowd.
Catilina, -ae, m,, a Roman nobleman
who headed a conspiracy to over-
throw the government, but was pre-
vented by Cicero.
Cauda, -ae,/, tail.
causa, -ae, /, cause; ad/, causa, p-c-
ceded by the genitive^ for the sake of;
a phrase used to express purpo9t,
celer, -eris, -ere, swift, quick.
celeritas, -atis,/, swiftness.
celeriter, swiftly.
celd, I, hide, conceal.
cSna, -ae,/, dinner, meal.
censos» -fis, m., census, counting.
158
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
centSsimns, -a, -um, hundredth.
centum, indecL adj,, a hundred.
cepit, see capid.
certs, adv.t surely, at least.
cessd, I, cease.
c5terus, -a, -um, other.
cibus, -i, w., food.
(icer, -is, »., pea.
Cicerd, -dnis, a name; Marcus Tul-
lius — t a famous Roman orator.
Cimbri, -drum, m,, a tribe of Germans,
conquered by Marius, 102 B.C.
circumdd, i, -dedi, -datus, surround.
cis, adv.i on this side.
citerior, -ius, hither.
citimus, -a, -um, hithermost.
civicus, -a, -um, civic, pertaining to
the state or citizen.
civnis, -e, civil.
civis, -is, m., citizen.
civitas, -atis,/, state.
cl&des, -is,/., disaster, destruction.
clamor, -dris, m., loud shouting, out-
cry, cry.
clirus, -a, -um, clear, bright, famous.
classis, -is, /, fleet.
Claudius, -i, m., a Roman name.
claustra, -5rum, »., barriers, dikes.
Cn. = GnSius.
Cocles, -itis, m., a name.
coepi, coepturus, begin.
coerce5, 2, -ul, -itus, restrain.
cdgnOmen, -inis, n,, family name, sur-
name.
collis, -is, m,, hill.
cold, 3, -ui, cultus, cultivate, dwell
Colossus, -1, /n., a city.
columba, -ae,/, dove.
comes, -itis, m., companion.
commemord, i, mention.
compleO, 2, -SyI, -etus, Bll up.
complurgs, -ium, a great many.
comprimd, 3, -press!, -pressus, check,
repress.
conoids, 3, -i, fall.
concipid, 3, -cSpi, -ceptus, conceive.
condd, 3, -didi, -ditus, put together,
hide, found, build; ab urbe condita,
from the founding of the city.
cdnferd, -ferre, -tuli, -latus, bring
together, compare; se cdnferre,
betake one's self, go.
cdnficid, 3, -feci, -fectus, finish, end.
cdnfirmd, i, strengthen, establish.
cdnfodid, 3, -f ddi, -fossus, stab.
cdnfugid, 3, -fugi, -fugitus, flee.
coniuratid, -dnis,/., conspiracy.
coniur&tus, -i, m., conspirator.
coniiirO, i, form a conspiracy.
COnloc5, I, place, station.
Cdnor, I, attempt, try.
cdnsilium, -i, n., advice.
cdnstantia, -ae,/, firmness,
cdnsul, -is, m., consul, chief magis-
trate of Rome,
cdnsul&ris, -S, belonging to a consul,
consular.
cdnsulatus, -us, m., consulship,
contends, 3, -1, -tentus, strain, press
on, hasten, set out.
contentid, -dnis,/, fighting, strife,
continenter, constantly, continually.
contineO, 2, -ui, -tentus, hold together,
contain, shut in.
contingd, 3, -tigl, -tactus, happen.
contrfi, prep. w. acc.^ against,
contuli, see cdnf erd.
cdpia, -ae, /, plenty; //., troops,
forces.
coram, adv,, and prep. w. abl., in the
presence of.
Corinthus, -i,/, Corinth.
Coribl&nus, -i, m., a Roman nobleman.
Corioli, -drum, w., a city of the Vol
scians.
ComSlia, -ae,/, a Roman name.
ComSlius, -i, a Roman name.
comii, -us, «., horn, wing (of an
army),
corolla, -ae, /., garland.
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
159
cordna, -ae,/, crown, wreath,
corpus, -oris, n., body.
corrigd, 3, -rexi, -rectus, correct.
corrumpo, 3, -rupi, -ruptus, bribe,
seduce, lead away,
corvus, -i, m., crow,
cotidie, daily.
eras, to-morrow.
credd, 3, -idi, -itus, to believe.
creo, I, to create, elect, make,
crepitus, -us, m., pattering or rattling
noise.
crudelis, -e, cruel,
cuius, see qui.
culpd, I, blame,
cum, prgp. w. ad/., with,
cum, when, since, although; cum . . .
tum, not only . . . but also,
cunctus, -a, -um, all.
cupidus, -a, -um, eager,
cupid, 3, -ivi, -itus, desire,
ciir, why.
cura, -ae,/, care.
ciiria, -ae,/, the senate house at Rome,
curd, I, take care of.
curro, 3, cucurri, cursus, run.
currus, -us, m., chariot,
curso, I, run about.
cursus, -lis, m., course,
custds, -5di8, m., guard,
cutis, -is,/, skin.
damnd, i, condemn.
Dani, -drum, m., the Danes.
(daps), dapis (^^n. pi. wanting),
feast
de, prep. w. abl.f from, about, con-
cerning, of.
dea, -ae,/, goddess.
debed, 2, -ui, -itus, owe; pass., be
due.
decem, ten.
December, -bris, of December.
decemvir, -i, m., decemvir, one of ten
men selected to arrange and pub-
lish laws.
decerns, 3, -crSvi, -cretus, decree.
decimus, -a, -um, tenth.
dedit, see dd.
deducd, 3, -duzi, -ductus, carry down.
defendd, 3, -i, -fSnsus, defend.
defensor, -dris, m., and defenstrix.
-icis, /., defender.
deinde, then, afterward.
dSleO, 2, -evi, -etus, destroy.
deligd, I, bind.
deligd, 3, -legi, -ISctus, choose.
dSnique, adv., at last.
dens, dentis, m., tooth.
desilid, 4, -ui, -sultus, jump down.
desists, 3, -stiti, -stitus, desist.
deturbd, i, throw down, drive away.
deus, -i, tn., god.
devor5, i, devour.
dexter, -tra, -trum, right.
dextra, -ae,/, right hand.
died, 3, dixi, dictus, say, call; ifls
— , administer justice.
dictator, -dris, m., dictator, a Roman
magistrate.
dictitd, I, repeat.
dictum, -i, n., saying, word; dictd
audiens, obedient.
dies, -ei, /, day.
differd, -ferre, distuli, dOitus,
spread, delay.
difficilis, -e, difficult.
dignitas, -atis,/, dignity.
dnigenter, carefully, diligently.
dims, -a, -um, dreadful, fearful.
discedd, 3, -cessi, -cessus, depart.
discipulus, -1, m., pupil.
dispersus, -a, -um, scattered, sepa-
rate.
dissimilis, -e, unlike.
divelld, 3, -i, -yuIsus, tear away.
dividd, 3, -visi, -yisus, divide.
dd, dare, dedi, datus, i, give.
i6o
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
doceO, 2, -nl, -tns, teach.
doctor, -5ri8, m., teacher.
dolus, -!, m,, deceit, trick.
domi, at home.
dominos, -i, m^ lord, master.
domus, -lis,/, house, home.
ddnec, con/,, until.
dOnd, I, give, present.
dOnum, -i, n., gift
dormiO, 4, sleep.
dncenti, two hundred.
dficd, 3, dfixi, ductus, lead.
dum, conj.f while.
duO, -ae, -0, two.
duodecim, twelve.
duodecimus, -a, -um, twelfth.
duodSricSsimus, -a, -um, eighteenth.
duodSviginti, eighteen.
dfirus, -a, -um, hard.
dux, duels, m^ leader.
S, see ex.
ea, see is.
eadem, eandem, see idem.
earum, see is.
tdd, 3, Sdi> Ssus, eat.
Sd5, 3, Sdidi, Sditus, bear.
§duc5, I, bring up, bring out, educate.
Sduc5, 3, -duzi, -ductus, lead out.
effundd, 3, -fudi, -fusus, overflow.
Sgissent, see agd.
ego, mei,/r^»., I.
egregius, -a, -um, wonderful
Sheu, in/erj\, alas.
isi, eis, e/c, see is.
5ici5, 3, -ieci, -iectus, cast out.
eius, see is.
elementum, -1, n., element, rudiment.
SlisabStha, -ae,/, Elizabeth.
em6, 3, Sou, Smptus, buy.
Smpturid, i, desire to buy.
enim, con/., for.
eO, ire, iyi (ii), itiirus, itum, go.
aO, o^., thither.
eOrum, eOs, see is.
Sphesus, -!, /, Ephesus, a city of
Ionia in Asia Minor.
epistula, -ae,/, letter.
eques, -itis, m., horseman; //. equitfis,
cavalry.
equester, -tris, equestrian.
equus, '% m,, horse.
eram, oris, erO, etc., see sum.
ergO, C0nj\, therefore.
es, esse, etc., see sum.
esuri5, 4, -itus, be hungry.
et, con/., and.
etiam, con/., also, even.
Strusci, -Orum, m., the Etruscans
north and west of Rome.
Strftscus, -a, -um, Etmscan, pertain-
ing to Etruria.
eundem, see idem.
euntis, see iens.
Srenid, 4, -YBtd, -ventus, result
ez, BfPrep., out of, from; with a nu-
merai, of.
ezemplum, -i, »., example.
exerce5, 2, -ul, -itus, train.
exercitus, -fts, m., army.
exiguus, -a, -um, poor.
oxpellO, 3, -pull, -pulsus, drive out.
expiignatid, -Onis,/, siege.
exstO, -stire, -stiti, be extant.
exterior, -ius, outer.
extimus, -a, -um, outermost
extrSmus, -a, -um» furthest, last end
of.
P
Fabricius, -i, m., a Roman name.
fabricO, i, make, build.
facStS, wittily.
faciSs, -€i,/, face, appearance,
facile, easily,
facilis, -e, easy.
faci5, 3, f€ci, factus, do, make; /oxf.
fi5.
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
l6l
factom, -i, n., deed.
fama, -ae, /, report, rumor, story.
fames, -is,/, hunger, famine.
familia,^-ae,/, family.
Fasti, -drum, m,, list of days, calen-
dar.
fatalis, -e, fatal, decreed.
fauces, -ium, /, jaws.
fayed, 2, favi, f auturus, favor.
Februarius, -a, -um, of February.
februd, i, cleanse.
fecit, sgg faciO.
feliz, -icis, happy, fortunate.
femina, -ae,/, woman.
fenestra, -ae,/, window.
fera, -ae,/, wild beast.
fere, almost, about.
ferd, ferre, tuli, latus, bear, carry,
bring, report.
f erox, -5cis, wild.
f erveS, 2, boil.
fessus, -a, -um, weary, tired.
fideliter, faithfully.
fides, -ei,/, faith.
Figulus, -i, a Roman name.
figiira, -ae, f, figure, appearance.
filia, -ae,/, daughter.
filiolns, -i, m., little son.
filius, -i, m., son.
finid, 4, -iyf, -itus, finish.
finis, -is, m,, end; //. flnSs, limits,
territory.
fi6, fieri, factus sum (passive of
facid), to be made, become.
firmus, -a, -um, firm.
flamma, -ae,/, fiame, fire.
fluctus, -us, m.t wave.
flumen, -inis, n., river.
folium, -I, »., leaf.
fore, see esse.
^rma, -ae,/, form.
fortasse, perhaps.
forte, by chance.
fortis, -e, brave.
fortiter, bravely.
• EASY STEPS IN LAT. — II
fortitudo, -inis,/, bravery,
fossa, -ae, /, ditch,
frater, -tris, w., brother.
Fredericus, -i, /w., Frederick,
frigidus, -a, -um, cold,
frigus, -oris, «., cold,
fructus, -us, /7/., fruit.
friimentum, -i, »., grain,
fruor, 3, fructus, envoy,
frustra, in vain.
fueram, etc.^ see sum.
fuga, -ae, /, flight.
fugid, 3, f^gi, fugitus, flee.
fug5, I, put to flight,
fui, fuisset, etc.^ see sum.
fungor, 3, functus, use, perform,
futurus, etc,^ see sum.
Gains, -1, /;;., a Roman name.
Gallia, -ae, /, Gaul (France, with
parts of Belgium and Switzerland).
Gallus, -1, m., a Gaul,
geminus, -i, m.^ twin,
gemitus, -us, m., groan.
gemd, 3, -ui, groan.
Genava, -ae,/, Geneva, a city on Lake
Lucerne,
gener, -eri, »1., son-in-law.
genitus, see gign5.
gens, gentis, /, family, tribe.
genu, -us, /f., knee,
genus, generis, »., race, family.
German!, -drum, m.^ Germans.
Germania, -ae, /, Germany.
gerO, 3, gessi, gestus, carry, bear,
wear, perform; carry on, wage; se
gerere, conduct one's self, act like.
gessit, see gerS.
gign5, 3, genui, genitus, give birth to,
beget; genitus, born, sprung,
glacies, -ei, /, ice.
gladiolus, -i, m.^ a flower.
gladius, -ii, m,^ sword.
l62
EASY STEFS. IN LATIN; i
Gnaeiis, -I, m^ a Etontq luune.
gracilis, -t, graceful» «lender^
gradns, -fis» «>^ 0tep» . .
Graecua, -a, -unit Gpfftk* > u;
grandia, -a, large* - • .^ : ^
grftnum, -i, if., aae^b graiiL.j i ,.
gritiia agere» tbaqk* •
grltns, -a, -iub» pleMtAt»gtaj;«fa\,.j i
Gnilielmtis, -i, m., WiHiaou i. ' ' i
.;?,.. , ■::;
habeO, 2, -ui, -itna, bave, possess, m'
gard; trigiAti aanOa habir^ to b«
thirty yeai9 old*
habitd, i, dwell, Nibabit
hae, haec, see hic.
liaedus, -i, m., kid.
haereS, 2, haesi, kaesoa, stick, cling.
hirum, liJU, «^< life. , . i
ka«d, a<^», pot,
Hendcua^ -h f»*t Henry.
hSrSs, -Sdis, m. «W/, b«ir,. :;:
heri, yesterday. . - ,1 ,
Hibemia, -ae, /, lrelan().r .
hie, haec, hOc, dem>. pro^,^ thi&jr.^,
.d^e,it. . . . ..
hic, adv.j here.
Hirtius, -i, m^t a name.
Hispania, -ae, /, Spain. ^
h5c, see hic* ,■
hodiS, adv.^ to-day. ;,
homd, rjOUflj ^. and/, inai^,pe,caQa.
honor, -Iwri*, /»»;, honoi;, respept* -
hdra, -ae,/,.l^our; one twelfth >of the
. time from su^cis^ to Ssunaet.
Qoratiiia, -I, m^ Uoratius^, Horace.
horreum, ,-i, n» barn, granary,
Hortensius, -i, m., a R/nnan nan^, ,
horti^, -i,,!»., g^4en. . ,..
hdrum^4<«^c, ,.;.
hos, see hic. j » - ^ ^ " .
hospes, •itis,f«.,'guest.v . ... !. .
hospitium,-!, M.jhospitaUty, friQ])^9hip»
hostia, -is, m», enen^!» . ^i. j ,intjni>)
h&c,Mtber». . , . :. .ii> ....nsi
hfiina, iM hic . ' x^m:!
hnmilis, -e, low, humble, e .. Jhib)
baWIBW» ?fc /, groqn^ >. ..umo .rt. . i
hnncx^^hic. u;
.< v'j/ .^ .iillfi- .^90UEi
iAci5, 3, iici, iiMtmi^rpy&^ /. ,0^7 n)
Iac6blWW^-V.»J?liII?s..». . rjhBin^/'I
iam, a<A^., now, already, .1 .<.i -dal
ULnuiriaa, -a, -11111, of }fm»sf^ . i : < 3i
Uiiiia, -i, m., anolcj Ua)ian>4^ty.%i: oi
ibam, ^/r., seeti^. ,.\ . ,1. ,r,riHivyi
ib5, J^^eO. ..r nlfe-nel
id, J^^ia. . ,, .-^ ..)f-. .tr^i
idem, eadem, idem, ^m.prafhi^^Li^^x
. also. .1 . .ijr.l iLjI .-..Mol .OT'i
idOneoa, -a, -um, 6t. ; > r , : n n< 1
idus, -uum,/, the IcJ^, pj , xot i
iSns, enntis, pres, part, pf e^i» .r» jv : ,1
igitnr, r^)V,>^^'9^^f . /> .«ij i
ignis, -is, w., fire. r :i]3Lrl
ignOtus, -a, -um, unkwwn* ,1^- ^^i fi
ii,they. ,. , • '1 r ,f .^.uIu.m'^
ii, J^^,e$. , , ,, .'.,> ,eiLi:ii
ille, -a, -ud, ^^»i./r^if„ th^..,^, i^jia
imber, -bris,.w^r4in.; v i ^.i,i(»ut
imminis, -e, horribly •, .1 .«u;Iri
impSnsa, -ae*/, cxpef^c^vK .. ^inrl
jmper&ti^ir^ris, m.» (;omm^Ln^,,£f9)
eral. .. ,. 1 ,,
imperiiuii,-i,,««rute,-^i .,it ..it
imperS, i, demand fronu ,; . , ; ,^1
impetrd, i, accoi^plislj,iget,pb^|ipy,^ ;
impetus, -iia. i!^^., aWacl^» r|^., [.,r.:, \\
impleS, 2, -Svi, -^tjia, fill up,. . , , , ^
imp6n6, 3, -posm„-.po8iti¥|,ipl^P€i,,: j
imports, i, import. , , , 1 nunloi
imus, -a, -um, lowest, lo^est^part 4)^1)^
imus, jif^eO. ,. ,» LmiOt
in, prep, w, ace, into; ^, <?^/^ Jftijqpt
incendd, 3, -i, -censi^B^^t ^oft^
kindle. . ,; .o- ^e-Uioi
inceptum, -i, «., beginning, |itti^:ap|o^
LATr^f-iEiNGI:IisFi ^ V(!)CaKxlAry
i^
ftiL ' ""'' ■'"• "^"- ■''- •'^^^-''-'''
incipi5, 3, -cepi, -cejrttr^, bfegfe. »^ ' '
incito, I, hasten; ,s6^—^Wh!fi. •^''' '
incola, -ae, m,, inhabitatit: '** ^'^•
incolumis, -e, safe. ' • ' '^' ; * '^'^'
increp5, i, -m, -itus, scold. ■ -^'[^^''^
inde, thence, thefeiipbn. *^" -i^'^JiiJ
ind5, 3, -didi, -ditufl, giVe.* ^'' '"'^^-'
indued, 3, -duxi, -ductub, lead *. ■' '■ '
indolgeO, 2, -duls!, -didtUs; M^^
give way to.
infins, -antis, m., child under seven,
inferior, -ius, low^.
inferO, -ferre, -tidi, -lattf^; tidl^Tn if-
upori;'l>ellum — ; mdlce Wdti/ '^^
infgstus, -*, -timVlibstlle/^ ' •^'^^'^^^
infimns, -a, -um, lowest, ^ .^i:^>>rn
inggns, ^iltid, targe, lio^^: •= ^^-•-» ^
inimipUS^, ^t ' ^/., eiietiiyf ' ^ / m. j :;
inltdS, 3, -iisl, - -listii/, strfe, • ^dasli
against. • /
inopia, -ae,/, watit.' "^ '
inquit, (he) says (yVb;»'liiqiiaiif, sa^^^.
innimp5, 3, -rupi, -ruptliSj'ijrfeakT^y
inruO; 3; -^^riish' upcm./^ ^ ■■'' • i' - ^ ' ^ f-
Inscius, -a, -um, not kti6#!n^. • ':^
insigne, -i^, ii.i katk/" ^ i: / 'f
insignia, -e, marked, coh^jHtuc^ t^
naarkable. ; • ' '/ ' '
insolenter, hau^ttfy. ' '^'*
institoa, -sfillrti8,'&pprbafaiingl ■ '"^^
instittiO, i -i, -fltud, begfe, liiitittitti,
teach. , ' ' .'
insula, -ae, /, isUtoii. '^ . r . >
integer, -gfa, -gru]h;whok. "^ "^
inter, ^rep, w. ace, among, at, h't-
twceii." ''' " ''■ ' -'-' ' V ''''^ ^
intercaliirius, -ji, -um, int^ercaia^. '^
intercal5, t, ihsert hi the talendir. '
interea, me^wh^,. ' . - u
interficiS, 3, -fSd, -fectuk, klft. "^
interior, -ittS, innier. f = . f ^
in1»trttmp5, 3, -rflpt -itiptiii, bte?ik
down.
intimus, -a, -um, inmost.
introducd, 3, -duzi, -ductus, lead jn,
bring in. •'*^"v .fr j ,.a*. .vno- .-jodrl
intulit, see inferd. ^* ^ ' ^ okhIbI
inundd, i, overflow.^ J t 'j^ ,f-f.T::ojBl
invocd, I, call upon, i > '^' ^ .6:nn)rJ
iOCUS, -i, w., jest. ■ '^^' -'^^ .?Si- ,^U'}:A
lovem, j^^ lu^liiteir!:^ -"'^- .J-- .^i't-jfii
ipse, -a, -um, inlfl^Hil-^/tr^Hi^^.^-Vi
ira, -ae, /., anger. ; ' ' -^ - ' ^^ -^^j .^-^ ^ ^ qz I
irattis,^a, ^uifti'/:/., aB|ji?yt-^- '^'^^ -i£i
is, ea, id, dem. pron», this, t^t^^ lie,
she, it. ' ■ ■' '^'J- '£- .Kui£l
is, f^^eO. ovU ^^.?uJ^J
iste, -a, -ud, </^w. /r^^^r.^fhiitjitlftJlUSfl
yours. •■'-'• 'f'' '^-ittff.I ,vi;aI
iti'WeS.^'^''^ '^" ^:jijt-il .i>6i ,1 ,ovl[
ita, a^z'., thus, so, so very. •'*' '
Italia, -ae,/Jltaly. • '^■' " -f- -'^f-^' >^l
iter, itineris, ».; ro«4 ioilk^t^V» ¥>^^
age. ' '■-' .^^^'J'J' .</'^{ -. .OY'I
iterum, again. : , 1 . m 1 ) f
itum, itiirud, i^ ^ ,cf:[;).ioi
iudic5,^ i',j<idi^, decide.^ '; .:.;D.rpj
lulia, -ae,/;* Rdmah nSnate.' -^^^ - -l
lulius, -i, fw., a RomiiLSt hafiiieui"*"'-'Jf
lulius, -a, -um, of^july^ ' Ji*"* i ^^'il
iun^, 3, itttiM^ifiiMi'^s^^&lrf.'' ^j^a
Ifinlor, ^tei, ybunger.^ ' ' ' » v "' '^o-
Ifinius, -a, -um, of June. f' ■
IflnS, -5nis,/, wife of Jtipitei*. .'»f '^ ii
luppiter, lovis, m;, Jupiteri t^'-M
preme god. ' ^ > "i
ifis, ifiris, »:; Wr ^'dio^reriidfiii^
ister justice. - '' • ^' -^ ^^ '^1
iussuSy ^fii^, ^., order; iuiUfi,'^^
order. ■■ ■ '■ ■> = ^ - • .n^un-itja
iuvenis, jIs,^., JHiMith. ? '^^ -^^^f
ivCrnnt, ivi, j^<f eC. . , • .0 1
Kalendae, -irute;/, ti^ Odeti^i^iti^
first day of t!ie Roinait^tifonah'^-" ^
i64
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
labor, -Qris, m,, toil, work.
labOrdi i> toil, work.
lacrima, -ae,/, tear.
lacrimd, i, weep.
lactts, -fis, m., lake.
laettts, -a, -am, glad(ly).
lapis, -idis, m., stone.
lapsus, -us, m., slip.
Lars Porsenna, m,, king of Etmria.
Latinus, -a, -urn, Latin, belonging to
Latium.
litus, -a, -um, wide.
litus, se^ f er5.
Iaud5, I, praise.
laus, laudis, /, praise.
lay 5, I, ULyi, lautus or 15tus, bathe,
wash.
lectus, -i, m., bed, couch.
legiS, -5iiis,/, legion.
Ieg5» 3» lezif lectus, read.
Igniter, lightly.
Lentnlus, -i, m., a Roman name.
Lepidns, -I, m., a Roman name.
libellus, -i, m., little book.
libenter, willingly.
liber, -bri, m., book.
liber, libera, liberum, free; liberi,
-5rum (liber), m.f free-bom chil-
dren.
liberd, i, free.
libum, -i, n,, cake.
licet, it is permitted.
ligneus, -a, -um, wooden.
limus, -i, m,, mud.
lingua, -ae,/, tongue, language.
litteratim, letter for letter.
litus, -oris, »., shore, beach.
loc5, I, place.
locus, -i, m. pL loci and loca, place,
station, position.
longS, by far, far.
longus, -a, -um, long.
loqu&x, -acis, talkative.
loquor, 3, locutus sum, speak,
lubricus, -a, -um, slippery.
ludus, -i, m., school
liina, -ae,/, moon.
lupa, -ae,/, she-wolf.
lupus, -i, w., wolf.
liistrd, I, gaze at.
LutStia, -ae,/, Paris,
lutum, -i, »., mud.
lux, lucis,/, light.
LXXXm, eighty-three.
M. = Marcus.
Macedonia, -ae,/, Macedonia.
maculd, i, stain, spot, spoiL
magis, adv,^ more.
magister, -tri, »»., teacher.
magnus, -a, -um, great, large.
Maia, -ae, /, mother of the god Mer«
cury.
maior, -ius, greater.
Mains, -a, -um, of May.
male, badly, ill.
maledicd, 3, -dlzi, -dictus, curse,
m&lle, see mal5.
mal5, malle, malm, prefer,
mains, -a, -um, bad.
mandatum, -i, »., command,
mane, in the morning.
maned, 2, mansi, mansus, remain.
Manlius, -i, m,t a Roman name,
manus, -us,/, hand.
Marcius, see Ancus.
Marcus, -i, m^ a Roman name,
mare, -is, n^ sea.
maritimus, -a, -um, of the sea.
Mars, Martis, m.^ god of war.
Martins, -a, -um, of March.
massa, -ae,/, lump.
Massilia, -ae, /, Marseilles,
m&ter, matris,/, mother.
m&tr5na, -ae,/, a married woman,
mavis, mavult, see malo.
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
165
mazime, especially, most.
mazimus, -a, -am, greatest.
in§, mei, see ego.
meditor, i, plan.
medius, -a, -um, middle, midst of.
mel, -lis, n.y honey.
melior, -ius, better.
Melita, -ae,/, Malta.
melius, adv,^ better.
mensa, -ae,/, table.
mensis, -is, m.^ month.
Mercurius, -i, /»., Mercury.
mered, 2, -ui, -itus, deserve.
meridies, -ei, m., midday, south.
merz, mercis, /, goods, merchandise.
Messala, -ae, m., a Roman name.
messis, -is,/, harvest.
metus, -us, m,^ fear.
meus, -a, -um, my, mine.
mi, voc, of meus.
Midas, -ae, m., Midas.
mihi, see ego.
miles, -itis, m., soldier.
militaris, -e, military.
mille, //. milia, thousand; mille
(passuum), mile.
millesimus, -a, -um, thousandth.
minime, not at all.
minimus, -a, -um, least,
minor, minus, smaller, less,
mirabilis, -e, wonderful.
miror, i, admire,
minis, -a, -um, strange,
miser, misera, miserum, wretched,
misere, wretchedly.
mittd, 3, misi, missus, send.
Mitylenae, -arum,/, Mitylene, a city
on the island of Lesbos.
modus, -i, w., mode, method, manner.
moned, 2, -ui, -itus, advise.
m5ns, montis, /»., mountain.
morded, 2, momordi, morsus, bite,
moribundus, -a, -um, dying.
moriQr, -i, -tuus, die.
mors, mortis,/, death.
moved, 2, mdvi, mQtus, move, stir up.
moz, soon, presently.
multitudd, -inis,/, multitude.
multd, adv.f (by) much.
multum, adv,^ much.
multus, -a, -um, much; //., many.
miinid, 4, -ivi, -itus, fortify, build.
munus, -eris, #f., gift.
miirus, -i, m.^ wall.
miis, muris, m., mouse.
mut5, I, change.
nam, conj.^ for.
narrd, i, tell.
nascor, -i, natus, be bom.
Nas5, -Qnis, m., a Roman name.
nasus, -i, m., nose.
natiira, -ae,/, nature.
natus, see nascor.
nauta, -ae, m., sailor.
nay is, -is,/, ship.
-ne, enclitic^ sign af question,
ne, conj.y lest, that not, not; — quidem,
not even.
nec, see neque.
need, i, kill, put to death.
negleg5, 3, -lezi, -lectus, neglect.
negdtium, -i, n.^ business.
nemd, niillius, no one.
nepds, -5tis, /»., nephew.
neque, nec, conj,^ and not, neither,
nor.
nescid, 4, -ivi, not to know; — quis,
some one.
neuter, neither,
niger, nigra, nigrum, black,
nihil, n,^ nothing,
nisi, conj,^ unless, if not, except.
nSbilis, -e, noble.
nSbilitas, -atis,/, nobility.
ndlens, -entis, unwilling.
ndl5, n511e, nolui, be unwilling,
ndmen, -inis, »., name.
f6$
,EA8¥ STEPS m )lATmi/ I
ndn, not. , . , - / .1
N5iiae, -tau««/» tbeitoieii*:,.n: ; (at
n5iiag€8imu8» i4a« .iuin^ nioetletb^ > 1 . :•
n5]iagint&» ninety» , . :^ :i:i >t
ndon^.npt? i^i(t|MH?»nrj r . J- -m
n5nu8, -a, -um, nMH. ' -^i^ j- ^i : 1. n
ndnvis, ndnvult, set, tiSiJi^y . i , < n : u • n
jAa, pers. pron^.wti4 , ,^ i-nr .^hjt
noster, -tra, -tmm, oDr^iOim^] ,. .m
novem, nine.
November, -bris, of November.
noYUs, -a, -um, n^,
noz, noctis,/) night. , , . . . ,.'pj::
nuUus, -a, -um, no, none4, ,1 ..>i!i i
niim, sign Qfi<qiiesficmjj«(pecii9ft>i^
answer** no.??- , ,. ^. . .•>■ /.
Numa, -ae, m,, second king q( Boaifti
imineras, -i, m., oumberk . > , .u-ti'tn
Numitor, -is, m., son(f>f.Broca..>, . ,/i
nommus, -1, m., 9, boiiv a sefterceuna
nunc, now. , ,. ' . . n
nuntid, i^vAteKomce. , v , . . 1
juAbiii^ give ^Byiwvftt, : .
Ob, prep, w^ ^ccn^n aocoiint -oft:
obser5, i, lock^bolt» : u- : . ,1 mm ;,
obses, -idis, m., fajOBti^geu , >
,oedid5} 3,*^di» ^isi^a^ >kiU. t . > . , ^
0€cup5, I, hold.
oociirrdj 3,/4y'Htu]Btt8»ime«t..i ( . ..
dceanus, -i, I»., ocean. m .
Octayianus, -1, /»., first RomaATemr
peror. ' '>. .'...::; -i .1 ■ '..'.'.::
octavus, -a -um, eighth. . {f :i
octo, eight* . i> ., !
October, -bris, of Ocfc<)be». i , j. , i
Oct5gesimitS;eightieth.iti .^,.1
octdginta, eighty. > • , ,^i
0CalU8^4^'fw;yeye. .i:jI'''/i -j •< -t .<.:< ,
51im, formerly, once .upon «. time ^ . > . i
omnia, -e, alV«i<fery» ; . jfnij(;.i:i
opera, -ae^ /, worlM;U>|i^r/MKrn4Mifii
pay attention to. 00, .lym ^rn
OperO, I, work. ,, ,« .io)-b-m
opSfl^ l^nmi /, //,, WitftltWeSQ»B»fc
opifez, -ficia, m,, wo^km^n* ii- .i^n*
opini5, -6ni8, /, opimon. ,^ j ^ ,ioi 1 ; m
oppidum, -i, »., SsmM strpsghoi^jbM
opprim5, 3, -preaal^ ipue^soa, ,eoHhm
optimS, a^., best%^ ,.,r f. f.:.n
optimus, -a, -nm, b«»t, , . .:i?n*jii
5rator, -5ri8« «^z,, ipeaker*^ Qwitofi ^ 1 ^ M
orb6, I , deprive, berwve, w: /. , > ! ^ f a
oriSns^ "Cotis^ w.> ;fte emt- .,; jit 1 : jm
odiH« oriri, #rtii» »wi^ .o^^om ,x i ^ ;i
5r5, i,:pi!ay»ettUfa*,.beg^,fi i.jf.^ ,m
58, dris, «., mo^h# > ./ ,^.! vf jm
08, ossis, »., bone^ ,.a .1} . a., .i
ovis, -is,/, sheepk , u . :
' •: ":/ . ^v ,}- .'. A .M
P o^.'i ' ' Jriini
P. = PfibliU8... "... . ,'.ii: .2'jiim
paene, almost. ;, ., r^wvAxm
P^llA, -ae,/,.clo<ac. ,. :.,-r . ,..;ijm
pallium, -i, «., cloj^k. . :n:. r f
palfia^ -iito,/» nw»^, #wa«pr: . , : ,11
pinis, -is, w., bread> loaf, m . iru .m
Pinsa, -ae, w^, a R<w^n .4iaB^e«, .- ; m
pir, paris,,eqsisa.' ^- ...r. :rf .iu irr :
parSns, -entis^ ,^., parent, ; i ; , . ^ ,
pire5, 2, -ui, -itiirus, pbey, . . , t^^
par5, I, prepare. , ,. n^.l s . ^ •
paw,parti8,j^ijPftfWir^f»..^ , . -
panrus, -a, -um, sn^fUl 1 , , jt , /r
pascd, 3,pavi,jiW^m,fiBp4.. (jjr„
pasalilV here, and tb^fA-r, . rnii/ [i
passus, -us, ^*^ step; nOUepuwumn,
■wile* . ,, • .- I- .jbof,5
pastor, -6ri8* m^ slwphcji^ ,., .0 j .ufr.
pateS, 2„-ui»lie.wew»§3^Wdfi ^.»oitj
patef,'pa*ritf,.^„!fa^^bf«<n ,<, ,r>hM>m
patienter, pRfcieptijf. .^a^mvWwiv
patria, -ae,/, fath,erl#94> j loiT,;.:
patricius, -a, -um» patrip|m< if: .u^,
LATfiS4BNGLlBH ^OCABUUlKY
i6^
Paulus, -i, m,, Paul
pauper, -eria, poor,
pax, pacis,/, peace. n i,
pecuniae -ft^i /» indntyi - . i.
pedes, -itis, I».» foot-^dier, ^
pSKiiit; #^S!^:se^ (i»rHpara9kfe tf auOua)^
pSius, a^z'., worse. ' .- i
per, prep. w. ace.^ through. .. . ^
perag5, 3, -^gi, -actua, perform^ fiuish;
percurrS, 3, '^^uoiinS, ><»a^ni8^ tuq
through. , ' .
pC^ti5,^'3,^^tCuM, -dUMttSr^tfUBe. .',
peregrinus, -a, -um, foreign.
pereO, 4, -ii, -iturtiBi!bc^4$6t» perish^
periculum, -i, n. , dangers - . > 1 >
p^ttts» ^; ^tttfi» skflkd, f^xpeiAtubed,.
pet^ima, ^a» ^am> oositantr; . in per-
petuus!, for life.
perstifided; 4 -staftsl; -aoasust t>eTt
suade, urge. •' - >: .
perterre5, 2, -ui, -itua, tenlfyi «latm.
p€8, pddi^, Mlj foot*'
pe8siiM,'df^i^Mrot9Bt. ' >'- ■*-.t:i-,M'-,.|
pessimus, -a, -um, worst '(na^jSs/tsyf
^maltts). .>: ' '
pwrtli; -ia,^, plague, ti: r ^ . .,
P6t5, 3, -iyi (-ii), -itus, askyseek^um
at, ranta -^^ .; , . : ;
PhUipp^ •*drum,sm.,'Bi|ilippi^,a.t3&b)f^
nDtfi'lfeittQioniau n i^; »; mi - -m
philoaopbia,. >*ae, /, philosophy.
P)nr3Fgiav: tiie»'^/, a distent of ^Aatai
Minor; j , :
piscia, -is, fv., fish.
PIsO, -5nis, f»., a Roman name« ; ^
placed, 3, -ui, -itusv'^eafe.
plaga, -ae,/., blow. .
plebs, -is, /, the : |)ppulace^ the : oobd^^
mon people. ' ^ , "1
plSnus, -a, -um, full.
plurimum, adv,^ n^.
plurimua, -a, -um, most [superlative
<2/'iBidtiis). ' : .' ,
pl&s, more {compax^twe,afxsLX^^at^>i,,
plfls, tfi/z'., more. ' , .; m .nlr.']
poena, -ae, ./, penal^^ . punishmfinli < 1 < j
poeta, -ae, ff/., poet. .fTi'r i, ,^^il..l,^\
Pomptinus,.>a; *um> Popptiuc^itoti
tine. -I r - .^iji .-| ,,„, <(|
p5mumi -1,^/1^^ apple., ni; .i-^;*: ,; ,q
pond, 3, posui, positua, plcute, s^t. ; -t
pfin8,.pontiq, fl«.,>bri4gCL . ,i:iq
Pontus, -i, a distriot of Aaia» Mimncb'
poiH}|ina,i-i^Bip^«,.peof>ld. a, ". .», „.-q
Porsenna, -ae, /»1» set Lai^a. , ni j i n i^
porta, -ae,/,igatft,. door. .f^ ^^v ..j
portentUHl, -i^ ^«^.Omen^; .:o >. ; runq
ports, I, carry. ,i,;?l»:q
port5rium, -i, «.^ duty^ laag, < . u i ' . v^
portu»,»tta;«i^>hacboc. „ ... 1; .^..q
posc5, 3, popoaci, dfiti(and»43l«iin< ,< ;q
posanm, posse,, potul^ ^ ^l^e^ /^q ^j
post, tf^/z'., and prep, w. fl^:^:.,.aft«arf
postea^'ftflerwardi (n-i ,,. .n-., riKT',-.q
posterior» Hl«8^)uuderv,r . »;> . j
posterns, -a, -um, next, lateff* ,1
postrSmus, -a, -um^ hindmo^i. .1 > r . q
pOstrid|§4 adm^ the next day*,: . . . ^ 7 ^
pOStul5, I, demands .
postumus = poatremns. ( ,.. :>..t,
potSns, ^entis^ p,owerf^t. . ? ^ ! ; ; • ^
poteram,^/;r.,.5tf/po8sttm» , ii
pot^estia, -atie; /, power. . 1 / . i
potior, 4, potitus, seixe.
potui, jwpaasen. ,.>ii i
prae, adv., and prep. iy. a^/,^ bqfcrcwq
praebed, 2, offeif,. furnish; pjrovjii^^ 1
praedic5, I, proclaim. ,, m •. j
praedic5, 3» -dixi, -dictuir foxetntt^
predict. ' /'^ ^i {
praeferfi; 4ita!t4.^\^'^&k^%/tm^
before, prefer. . , i ,. . < / f ;
praemium, '% m, reward» .prvceih i:\,,q
praetermittQ, 3, -misi, -missus, let
go by, omit, neglect.
praeyeni5, 4, -venx, -vetttils,jptevenp
preces, -um, f, isingr/vMniit^
pri^rS; entnrcaiti^s. --. ". * > •. j .-.p
pretium, -i, n, ,.^pr^ce. . : . j > . - :; j>
i68
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
pridiS, the day before.
primum, adv,^ 6rst, at first
primiu, -a, -am, first.
princeps, -cipis, m.^ chief.
prior, prius, former.
priscus, -a, -um, ancient, former.
priy5, i, deprive.
pr5, prep, w. abl., for, in place of, in-
stead of, in defense of.
Proca, -ae, m., king of Alba Longa.
proelium, -i, n., battle.
prof ectns, see proficiscor.
proficiscor, -i, -fectos, set out.
pr5flig5, I, rout.
profmgiO, 3, fugi, flee.
prOgredior, 3, -gressus, advance.
prdgressus, -as, m., advance.
prope, adv., and prep, w, ace», near,
almost
propinqaas, -a, -am, near, neighboring.
pr5p5n5, 3, -posuT, -positas, set be-
fore, offer.
prdtinas, forthwith.
prdvincia, -ae, /, province, especially
the province Gaul.
prozimas, -a, -am, next
pradSns, -entis, wise, prudent.
publicd, I, make public.
pttblicas, -a, -am, public; rSs pu-
blica, the state.
Publiaa, -i, m,, a Roman name.
paella, -ae,/, girl.
paer, -i, iw., boy, child.
pugna, -ae,/, battle.
pugnaz, -acis, pugnacious.
piignO, I, fight.
palcher, palchra,palchram, beautiful.
pttt5, I, think.
patridas, -a, -am, rotten.
Q. = Quintas.
qaadraginta, forty,
quadragesimus, -a, -am, fortieth.
quae, see qai and qais.
qaaestor, -5ri8, m., a Roman magis-
trate.
qa&lis, -e, such.
qaam, conj.^ than, as.
qaantas, -a, -am, how great, as.
qaar§, conj,, wherefore.
qa&rta8,-a,-am,fourth; — decimas,
fourteenth.
qairam, see qai, qaia.
qaattaor, four.
qaattaordecim, fourteen.
-qae, enclitic, and.
qai, quae, qaod, rel, pron^ who,
which, what
qaibus, see qui, qais.
quid, see qais.
qaidam, qaaedam, qaoddam, indef,
pron.f a certain, a certain one, some-
body.
qaidem, adv., indeed, at least; ne . . .
quidem, not even.
quindecim, fifteen.
qmngenti, -ae, -a, five hundred.
qainqaag€simus, -a, -am, fiftieth.
qainqaaginta, fifty.
qainqae, five.
quintas, -a, -am, fifth; — decimos,
fifteenth.
Qointas, -i, -ae, a Roman name.
qais, quae, qaid, inter» pron., who.
qaisqaam, qaaeqaam, qaidqaam,
indef. pron,, some one, any one.
qaisqae, qaaeqae, qaodqae, indef,
pron., each, every, every one.
qaod, see qui.
qaod, conj,, because.
qaQqae, see quisqae.
qaoque, culv.^ also.
qaQram, see qui, qais.
qaot, as many, as.
rapid, 3, -ai, -tas, snatch, seize,
rapam, -I, n,, turnip.
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
169
I&ni8, -a, -um, rare, not common.
ratid, -Qnis,/, reason.
recipiO, 3, cepi, -ceptns, receive.
reared, i, refresh, revive.
recurrd, 3, -curri, return.
reddd, 3, -didi, -ditus, render.
redig5, 3, -Sgi, -jlctus, reduce.
refers, -ferre, rettnli, relatua, bring
back.
r§gina, -ae,/, queen.
rSgitts, -a, -um, royaL
regn5, i, reign.
rSgnam, -i, »., kingdom.
regd, 3, rSzi, rectus, rule.
regredior, -i, -gressus, return, go
back.
relinqu5, 3, -liqui, -lictas, leave.
reliquus, -a, -um, remaining, the rest.
remaneO, 2, -m&nsi, -mansiinis, re-
main.
remus, -1, m,, oar.
Remus, -i, m., the brother of Romulus.
repar5, i, renew.
reperid, 4, repperi, repertus, find out.
res, rei, /, thing, matter, affair;
— pttblica, the state.
rescindd, 3, -scidi, -scissus, cut down.
resond, i, resound.
responded, 2, -i, -spdnsus, answer.
responsum, -i, »., reply.
restituo, 3, -i, -utus, restore, renew.
rettulerunt, see ref erd.
reverter, -i, -versus, return.
rex, regis, m., king.
Rhea Silvia, /, mother of Romulus
and Remus.
Rhenus, -i, m,, the Rhine.
Rhodus, -i, /, Rhodes, an island near
Asia Minor.
Ricardus, -i, ;;/., Richard.
rided, 2, risi, risus, laugh.
rigidus, -a, -um, hard, stiff.
rima, -ae,/, crack, chink.
ripa, -ae,/, river bank.
risus, -us, m,, laughter.
Robertus, -i, 1»., Robert.
r5d5, 3, rQsi, rdsus, gnaw.
rogd, I, ask.
R5ma, -ae,/, Rome.
Rdmanus, -a, -um, Roman.
Rdmulus, -i, m,, the mythical founder
of Rome.
rosa, -ae,/, rose,
ruber, rubra, rubrum, red, ruddy.
Rufus, -i, m,, a name.
rumor, -Qris, m^ rumor, report
rupes, -is,/, cliff, rock.
rus, ruris, »., country.
8
S. = Seztus.
Sabini, -5rum, m., the Sabines, a
people of Italy, east of Rome.
sacerdds, -ddtis, m, and /, priest,
priestess.
saepe, often.
salutati5, -Qnis,/, salutation.
saltttd, I, salute.
sapiens, -entis, wise,
satis, adv., enough,
sazum, -i, n,, rock, stone.
scand5, 3, -i, scansus, climb.
schola, -ae,/, school.
sciQ, scire, scivi, scitus, know.
Scipi5, -dnis, m., Scipio, a celebrated
family of the gens Cornelia,
scribd, 3, scripsi, scriptus, write,
sciitum, -i, n., shield,
se, see sui.
secedd, 3, -cessi, -cessus, withdraw.
seoun, with himself, etc,
secundus, -a, -um, second.
sed, conj\, but, but yet
sSdecim, sixteen.
sSditid, -Qnis,/, rebellion.
semper, adv,, always,
senatus, -iis, m., senate,
senez, senis, adj, ana noun, old, old
man.
LATfiS'^NGLlBH iVOCABUl-ARY
f6^
Paulus, -i, /w., PauL
pauper, -eris, poor.
paz,paci8,/, peate. ' • .^ ■/
pecuniae 4ie,/,tnbn4fi - •
pedes, -itis, m., foot-^disr, ->
p«&»if/#^(r {i»rHpara9kfe ^aallia)^
peius, a^Tz/., worse.
per, prep, w, aca^ thtoUgh. : • ■ . ; ^
peragd, 3, -§gi, -actus, perform, finishi
percurr5, 3, «^euouoriS, ^»isui^ nm
through.
peticutio,^'3; ^u^si, -dtHMUSr^Mmke ,
peregrinus, -a, -um, foreign.
pere5, 4, -ii, -ituruBjibc^loBt, perisfa^/
periculum, -1, »., dangers -i i ■ .
p^tusi'%'^ttl&t skttkki, '«xj^eaifeaoed..
petpetut», -9ik -vm^ oositant; in per-
petuum, for life.
pers^tided^ ^ -staftsl, -auisust t>ert'
suade, urge. . . r .■-
perterred, 2, -ui, -itus, terriffi «kvm;
pes, pedto, wij foot*- ■ ' '
pessiiJi6,W^vMrot9Bt.' ■.--.■.*' ..•'.'<-. \ ;
pessimus, -a, -um, worst (uy^orjb/rvf
^malus).
pMfttii'^'iS,-/, pl«4glie.. TiJ- .r ,-1, ;r,i ..
pet5, 3, -ivi (-ii), -itus, ask, seek^ turn
at, ron'ta"-: .-^- T ,-:• n :'"
Philippi» -^drum, 9».,^nijaippi^,a,t]il^.
fiDtfi'liaweidonniL* \-- ^1.. -.> 1 1- •,
philO0Opbia,''ae,/, philosophy.
P)nr3Fgiav:'tite«''/, a.distclBt ,o£ lAaii)
Minovi ■',..•',': ' .. .
piscis, -is, w., fish. ...
PIs5, -dnis, m,^ a Roman name* . I > / 1
placed, 3, -ui, -itus^^eafe.
plaga, -ae,/., blow. ; . -
plebs, -is, /, ther|)ppuls)ce, theioon^
mon people. . • . .\,-
plenus, -a, -um, full,
plurimum, adv,^ im>st.
plurimus, -a, -um', most {superlative
</ nraitiis)-. ■ -
pl&l, more {compar4ttwe.afmvl)l\MUL)k. .
pl&s, adv.t more. ; ' . , ' , u i. n f j
poena, -ae, /, penalify, > punishmenfei > 1
poeta, -ae, w., poet*. , i.ir >. ,-i>w»; 1
Pomptmus,.i«a,^^um, Popptiac^S^ooti
tine. • ■' • ■ ,'j.:. I ,-.,i -q
pSmum^ ^'l^n.i apple., rtj; 1.. y,- ., ^q
pon5, 3, posui, posittts, pkute, s^t/. q
pfins,pontis,fl«.r bridge. ^ ,i.iq
Pontus, -i, a distriot of Asia» MinoCr^
poiH}|ina,i-V9iv^,.peof>ld. v. .». . q
Porsenna, -ae, /»;> see Lai^i. . -i: j i • :q
porta, -ae, /., igatei- diwir. i ' 1 c t q
portentran, -o^ n^.0m^n^: .:o . . : inq
portd, I, carry. .;. ,i.«:.:!to:q
portdrium, -i, «.,- dutyi. ••^ ' ^j > > f a
portus,»tts;«i«>hacb«!C. j ...q
posc5, 3, popoaci, dfiinand» q&%0O4 << ;q
possum^ posse,, potui^ ht ^lde^ /.:;.: q
post, adv.f and prep, w, acc^.^Sl^t
pOstea,'ftflecwardi nn ,t. . ti--, m ;.,-.q
posterior» hIu^ |Mi\d«n ^^ . aw,.... w|
posterns, -a, -um, next, lateff^^ , •
postremus, -a, -um; hindmOM^i; i ■ - > q
pO0tndiej tfi^» th« next 4ay«,: r;
postulO, I, demands
postumus = postremus.. r . .^ .
potens, «entis^ jv^werf^ ' > ^ : > ; ^ r
poteram, ^/!r.,.5tfi*:pQssifin» ,. ( • ' ii i
potestis, -atib^ /, power. , r . , i ^ r^
potior, 4, potitus, seize.' ;. .v .
potui, jm poasen* . . >.. j^ l
prae, tf</z^., and prep, fw.abhi bcC«»KT
praebed, 2, offer, .famish^ pjFQvjjtl^^ • 1
praedicQ, I, proclaim. . , .m ,F.r -q
praedicd, 3» '-4ud^ ^ictoA, foaretntt^
predict. <' ,: ,f''';rq
praeferfij ficaie^if^t)^fi» -Oijlfi^- ti^
before, prefer. 1 ,1 .u /r|
praemium, -1^ i»j,rQWfird».prvs«*K( ; } ..q
praetermitt5, 3, -misi, -missus, let
go by, omit, neglect.
praevenid, 4, -veni, -yent]J8,>pt)evenp
precCs, -um, /, . isin^r/^wamff^
prayers^ entnreaitifls, , . ■ , j . p
pretium, -i, M.K-pr^e.. 1 . ■,]
L ATIMttKNGEIS » 1 TDC ABU LRRY
IJfl
Sulla, -ae, m.^ SgUla, a dictator of
Rome,
sum, esse, fui^intnrus^ ^ r ^i^ ^ j ;; '^ ^
summus, -a, -um, top. Highest; (dsfaCy
sum5, 3, -psi^i^pttt8»ntBkef^a>««;^QnA
avLper, prgp, w» ace, abovei^ivfeK.' > ^
superbia, -ae,/, pride.// //' j di gv
sttperb«^(^^ Kiiiiv:praiii^ bauglitt^c'^
superior, -ius, Y^^etvn/ ,vjhvHv.'idr/
supers, I, conqueipoveffwlitihM.,mil3v
supersum, «cssey^fu^^-lntiruspbeileft
over, surwfreuijifl .a /<rji- ,yaTir..^iv
superus, i^na^) rm^ i^^u^bbt;^ .Mart
Superum, the Admtiov6$ta..''.iitnev
supremus, -a^i^nrnvl^iiifaestyiifit^dT^tv
surdus, -a, -u]iv<l^a£^ >''^ '^ ^oi'^dfsv
sustineS, 2, -ui, «tentus^^^^dthatanflisv
s&t5r, -6ris, «^cdbbler..! p.uilr^i^Y
sniis^Ha^ -mmlproh^ mifif Ijai^li^sy,
their (s) ; //., his friends. um^mi
Jixi ,1»);l ffr ,/i;.'j) ,.*-\,-. ,6l9V
T. = TttOS. '•f*'*li " .-"^ J- ,^UliJ'll?,T'3V
tacit§, silently, n .7 , w ,«n .211 ^.tjv
t&lis, -e, such. -^^w ,.h j^ii ^utjv
tam, so. /»♦';' .mu- ,c- ,{iui{>7
tamen, r^/i/., still, how^ve^,,!nef6filiiQ^
less, yet. jn'ti j/» ,,iv ,i- .i^jq^iov
toiddmyllt11eiiftbJ>".' ,\ .--jfi- ,Gt?.iV
tangQ, 3, tetig^taotaMcnKliv '^ ix.
tantuniv;^2v;mnlyiniiit' .m)- ,i&tp.^Y
tantus, -a, -u]]iMso!|;risat,^3«gr0att'.^v^
Tarquinius, -i, Taiqviiny ^*wfF»lrtewr,
"i/fiftfoikii^tof ^Rbme; \-^fiSlsptvl«V,
seventh king of RoWe.,«n*)- ,>;ijSv
te, J^i^ttioi:! //'.itirr, jT)rfn'jJ .1 .Oj'.ov
tectum, -i, «., r^farfyiwrttM.^X .3 »i .riv
teg5, 3, texi}^5ctai„oov.«tt.t6 .ioibjv
4t«iefariiiliv' ^ Mibiii;ibo)d,.NHli;^'v >iv
templum, -i, «., tetoipkJ'^ '/^ <i'"f
tempUBi j ^>d8,-i» J, thae/ ^ i t .i ,-i o n : v
tenaz, -acis, tenaioious:^ /jc .kuM ..v
tened, 2, -uir'^us^ hoW[.,i/£ .s^viui-yil
tergum, -I, n.^yhadk^^ J, twgd^iibcl
of hiin;<wtdke freak*. : , '^^ J ,al\\\u i
ten:i^'^4e,)/illandv eartbit-oH ^uf :. i
terred, 2, -ui, -itus, frighten. - -
terrlUlisvHe»nJMadfuhi»'~> ; r< (. * .ir. » :
tertius, -a, -um, third; — * diRimiis,
thiiteenjtli.. )'-'/->-; ,.»\. .^i;- .-xujIij/.uM
Ti. = TiberiuSiT:i..Mi ■.■ :- >.iiUinai\
Tiberis, -is, «TAf^hei.Tlbdf./! n .-^nu)
Tiberius, -i, 1»., aiRomaitvOune^niu)
tibi, see tu. .t* /" - . \ ,^^i- .aii mi
timed, 2, -m, tei fear,t be afraid aifi^riT
timidns; 4a j • «unlv timid.. i - muiIv^^u t
titBlus^{^ti«ViBSQripi|t3on.j>^- .nl^iut
Titus, -i, m., a Roman name.'% -a .
toga, -ae, /, toga, 4he, outer igaan^at
worn by thejRppiaos.»M:u- .(,■ .^unt
tolerd, I, bear, endure.
toll5, 3, susttdi, subUtus, raise up.
torqueO, 2, torsi, i6rtus, twist, pull.
torreO, 2, -ui, tostus/rbdrn^ balder .idu
tot, as many, so maiiyj//v< , r> .onpjrfu
t5tus, -a -um, wholes 'eirtiie.,i. .nullu
trahQ, 3, trazi, tiact»s,,ckraw9idrftgUii
tran5, i, swim ovecl mu r. .^umrifrj
trecentesimus, -a, -um, dinsfe dilfa^
dredth^ > Um let ilt^r, . thi«e* handnd
andsecondiji'I^f i^ ^^ -i- /^.uT-ii.u
trecenti, -ae, -a, tbree^umdred.iti-j
tredecim, i^&xtitm^' > . .- ^ .-fun
trepidQ, i, tremble. .> >t , frn, ;!, Me-
tres, tria, thtsej .n.u ,r ^jrnn .^ i-: u
triayj»^4r5s.mu' ,i> .f.nair-^ji m! , :.
tribunus, -i, /».ji chief iofilnti^be^! tri-
bune, .rj «},!;' li. II, /iiijifL'".;
trice8itiite^>a, tium;' lAiii^tb; -^ i > / 1 . j
trlgintft/ttMii^ . *"• .mu- .b .^uuw
tristis, -e, sad. j r
tviuiitt)l{QIr' ' IV I tvivtriifph, ^ \at^ i/ a^ « trit-
umph.<>i ,"! T .'•'" in .r* lij .. .'.- < jii
truimfdiUsi ^ (hr.j.rflutmn^Hal'fM^
,iijCOssionptrittidph.'j' p':iti' .^i;ji)^».£j
tu, tui, /^r.y. pron,f you. ' ^ *
tuba, -ae, f,i -tmmpeti ' - r ^ ' ; ' ^ * - '
tuli, w^ fero. .->.''/, \ . 1 -j) i. ■ > r
172
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
Tulliiis, 'i, m^ a Roman name.
Tolliit Hogtilllia, m^ third king of
Rome,
tun, then; cmn ... tnm, not only .. .
bat abo.
tnmnltui, -da, m^ revolt, uprising,
tnmnliu, -i, m^ mound,
tunc, then, at that thne.
tnrba, -«e,/, crowd,
tnrris, -ia,/, tower.
Tnada, -«e, /, Etmria.
Tnacnlian, -i, n., a dty of Etmria.
tfitfla, -ae, /, guardianship, care,
charge,
tataa, -a, -imi, safe,
tnaa, -a, -um, yoor, yonrSb
obi, where, when.
ubiqne, eyer3rwhere.
fillua, -a, -um, any.
ulterior, -iiis, beyond.
ultimus, -a, am, last
nltri, beyond.
tunbra, -ae,/, shade, shadow.
tunerna, -i, m., shoulder.
unda, -ae,/, wave.
unde, whence, from which.
findecim, eleven.
findecimus, -a, -lun, tenth.
iindSyicesiinaa, -a, -tun, nineteenth.
undSyiginti, nineteen.
undique, on all sides.
iiniyerstia, -a, -am, all together.
imaa, -a, -am, one; ad unum, to a
man.
arbs, arbis, /, city, especially Rome,
at, conj.f that, in order to, to.
ater, utra, atrum, which (of two).
aterque, atraque, utnmiqae, each,
both.
fitdr, uti, fisaa, use, enjoy.
azor, -5ri8,/, wife.
▼if^tiis, -it, «ktCiTing.
Tale9,be wdL
▼alidos, -a, -oib» strong.
Tia, Tiaia, >/. Tiaa, -Qnim, n^ vase,
vc»el, jar.
▼iatS, I, lay iraste.
Tiatna, -a, -am» waste, jmrnrnnf, vast.
Tdiementer, violently.
▼dim. Telle, i^ Told.
▼initor, -Ma, jh., hunter.
▼Snitrix, -Ida, /, huntress.
▼enifi, 4, Tini, Tuitoa, come.
Tentoa, -i, ai., wind.
TerMltim, word for word.
TeiberS, i, strike, box.
Teibum, -i, n., word.
Vergilina, -i, m^ VirgiL
yerginias, -i, ai., Virginius, a Roman
name.
TSrO, adv.t truly, in fact, but.
▼eirt, 3» sweep.
rerrfica, -ae,/, wart
Teraicnlaa, -% m^ a little verse.
Teraoa, -oa, m., verse.
Tern, -fla, «., spit.
rSraa, -a, -am, true.
rescor, -I, feed.
resper, -i, m., evening.
Vesta, -ae, /, goddess of the hearth
and of religious rites.
Tester, -tra, -tnun, your, yours.
Testis, -is,/, clothing.
Testram,^^». ^Tds.
Vetaria, -ae,/, mother of Coriolanus.
Tetus, -eris, old.
Tez5, I, torment, annoy, trouble.
Tia, -ae,/, way, road.
viator, -dris, m., traveler.
Ticesimas, -a, -am, twentieth ; — pri-
mus, twenty-first.
Tictor, -5ris, m.^ victor, conqueror.
TictSria, -ae,/, victory.
yict5ria, -ae, /, a name.
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
173
Tictns» ae yino5.
▼ictus, see tIvS.
▼icos, -i, m.^ street» village.
▼idelicet, namely.
▼idel^ 2, yidi, yisos, see.
▼iginti, twenty.
▼iginti du5, twenty-two.
Yiginti unus, twenty-one.
vincQ, 3, yici, yictus, conquer.
▼indicd» i, claim.
▼inum, -1, »., wine.
▼iolentia, -ae,/., violence.
▼iol5t I, injnre, violate, do violence
♦.o.
▼ir, yirl, m., man, husband.
▼irg5, •inis,/, maiden,
▼irtus, -ttis, /, manliness, courage,
virtue.
vis, — ^/, force, might, strength.
▼Is, see vols.
▼istts, ▼isums, eU,^ see ▼ideO.
▼ita, -ae,/, life.
▼iv5, 3, vixi, yictus, live.
▼ivus, -a, -urn, alive.
▼iz, hardly, with difficulty.
▼ixl, see vivd.
▼oc5, 1, call
▼olens, -entis, w!lling(ly).
▼olitd, I, fiy, rush.
▼0I6, veUe, volui, irr,, wish.
Volsci, -drum, m., the Volscians, a
people southeast of Rome.
Volonmia, -ae, /, wife of Coriolanus.
▼68,/r<7»., you.
▼Qz, vdcis, /, voice ; ▼!▼& vOce, aloud,
▼ulnus, -eris, »., wound,
▼alt, see ▼old.
▼ultur, -mis, if., vulture.
c\^
y^i/jwa/oov nrtu;)7/A-yATkd
•(■•n.
.'\ ,i:'Iov ,oIhv .Oi'oy
^s\ .muio- .n.-'loV
.ODniv ^y- ,euioiv
oviy ^v- ,RU^Div
.vbtiJBn ,isoil9biv
ENGLIS H'^XAttN VOCABtfE'A'R^ ""'«r
.isDpn'»:, ^eulDXv Joiv ,jr ,6oniv
.rrrififD ,i ,ooibntY
.onrw ,.« ,i- ,xcii£iiv
janswer, n.^^iifpiimmy.'^^^^S^^
anjrthing, aliquid or -quod. «^^
apple, pomte/^rf '"^f" «-^^^ »"'▼ «^^^
arrival, adventdS^^n t\.8ini- ,65iiv
;ar^''^ftiiiiife:f^^'f'^"i A .eiiir- ,zuniv
army {trained army), exercifefl*,^^Cfe;
/««^ of battle), acies, -ei.
as, ut, w. indie,
as soon as, cum pnmum.
ask, rogo, I ; peto, 3.
astonished, to be, miror, i.
at home, doml.
at once, statim.
at-the-point-of-death, moribuadust-a.
-um.
Athens, Athenae, -arum.
Augustus, Augustus, -1.
away from, a, ab.
aWfe'' kt^, ^sStti».' v t'-'^- .'-.inmaioV
admit, admitto, 3. -^'^' '« -^^^'^^ ^?'"' ^
atom; «VtfS; IT^^ •-' '-'^^ .\ •.'''^'^<'^ rxov
advance, «., pfejgi^lfeii^,^ ^?-2r«-^«^
gredior. .ol«)v «ssi Jfuv
advice, consilftittti'^^ ,.v. ,anu- .luiluY
advise, moneo, 2.
afraid of, to be, timed, 2.
again, iterum.
age, aetas, -atis.
alas, eheu.
Alba Longa, Alba Longa, -ae.
Albert, Albertus, -1.
Alexander, Alexander, -dri.
Alfred, Alfredus, -i.
all, omnis, -e; cunctus, -a, -um; to-
tus, -a, -um.
alone, solus, -a, -um.
already, iam.
also, etiam, quoque.
although, quamquam, w. indie, ; cum,
w, subj.
always, semper.
America, America, -ae.
American, Americanus, -a, -um.
Amulius, Amulius, -!.
and, et, ac, atque, -que; and also, ac,
atque; and not, neque, non.
angry, Iratus, -a, -um.
animal, animal, -alis.
another, alius, -a, -ud; alter, altera,
alterum.
B
bad, malus, -a, -um.
bake, torred, 2; coqud, 3.
bank (of river), ripa, -ae.
bam, horreum, -I.
basket, calathus, •!.
battle, proelium, -i.
be, sum, esse, fui.
be able, possum.
beautiful, pulcher, -chra, -cbruoou
because, quod.
become, f!o, fieri, factus»
174
ENOllISHl-LAirrafl.'MOCABWHARY
<m
before, pr^p, , ante ; c^^japtefl slsago, {
antequam. -xni/Kaj ,^(li6i^oqa^ j
beg, peto, 3; rog^-l<,i:i({x ov ^jgninsva j
begin, incipio, 3; coepijiKupmu .i9v> 1
berry, baca, -ae. ,^upjHi/ ,diaxiwy:i9V'i
best, oplimus, -a, -i^tM -^ ,Mii^ j Jaoxe
bird, avis, -is. yth,^ Ju^-yj ,oIix-j
black, nige^ftngBI»r.Tgti«a;\7*^ry3Hx»,
-trum. .^ .iH'J > ,1'J'lxo
bless, benedico, 3.
body, corpus, -ori^j
bold, temerarius, -a, -um^ ,«ttd&c,^3fil
book, liber, -bri. .10. .r.yi^li .Ahi^
both . . . and, et . . . et .? , .i r.> .UbI
box, verbero, .?« u - ,£ - ^ n b I :> r uo tn r3
boy, puer, -1. .,s. ,>:I.»)r"i';i. ,1'jmiiil
brave, fortis, -e. ?a^p . r-i 1 /h( ,i6 ri ) r\
bread, panis, -i^^, .iuin-q .bJiBhadUi
bri4g^.^fti9s^ poi^^- ,,...inj .« .im\
bright, clarus, -a,ntt«l. ,ojsfni| > ,Jar,^t
Britain, Britannia, -ac.j^ ,o:.e/;q ^bos^
British, Britannicus, -a,^-vatofi.>ri Joyt
Britons, Britann^urprj^pi^^jj uf q ^wo^
brother, frater, -tris. i,;{- .13 k ,bhi^
buijd/^f^cp, i;r,i"al?«k^i|^.A ,iri-ri
buildings, aediHcia^ -Snt^k^ j ,qu I Ml
business, negotiyj^xi^sfirui^ ^iaaitSa^
nihil negoti; bjMlncias fit^o^.gni.
of person, .^ .f.rml .ilauift
-"l4Utn?e4^a^4il tea i?f- ,j^lnjif ,.w ,f>Tft
buy, emo, 3. 4 ,oi)
by, a or ab, w. af^ao/jg^^Hfkn^i ,miit
Caesar, Caesar, -aris. ,i , rit ,3jlt
cake, libum, -1. ?.i ,^l^ rd - ,1 ji
call, voco, I . ■ i r - . f 'i u'K T r: _v> 1 n
Cani©„-??ft^r|l,rn9r»^„^/. f.i.r ; J*. fiMt-l
can, possum. i- ,, .(.(r> jh,(»j
^CaB^rtfti'Paiwyus^irJ. .<tit!i;J^ .li-t^ool
care, ciira, -ae. .rrtif^
carefully, diligenter, om^i^^^ Join
carry, portp^,?;; ,<5a;Kydpwa.&i^Jwtd,
.,, i,-,^^ri^,^,,w(^r)iqfcf;4;.o»nyiO^
(w^r)jcfie^P,\3*
cast out, eicio, 3. •>- <fiif I nr) .fsuio
cause, causa, -ae. .;. .<>»'<•> /JtfiviJluo
Celts, Celtae, -arum.f .> >ii Jnrnuo
census, census, -us.c ,rK»ih Wr.i.i ,^>aiiiD
chair, sella, -ae; solium, -I.
chance, by, forte.
change, muto; i.
chariot, currus, -Qwi ' ,'"^^' /•^/muU
Charles, Carolu4--w''j{" "1^1 .viy^a.b
chief, princeps, -ipis. . " 1 ' < . i ;> ) f 1 ;^ u i. b
children, llberf, -orum. • » »*-"'' tY> f>
chink, rima, -ae. «''j- ,i- ,-u-<ii3 ^msb
choose (^/^r/),4jre5i jv >(^f^ecJ)y^&^;'jf.
Cicero, Cicero, -onis. •- fn.ui-iit .b'jjb
Cimbri, -orum. .m')- ,/> .<?iij!k .(^i-jb
citadel, arx, arcis. -i ,''■-'! 'q .tjviiq*ib
citizen, civis, 4s»'"nnii«fi''> .-jnimrjl- b
city, urbs, urbis. t ' '* f" '^' -^
civic, civicus, -a, -umt <^ iJ ! 1 ' n i n ' , i : = 1 d
civil, cTvTlis, -e, --^/j ,Kn> . .vjan'h
claim, vindico, i. - n- ,>.^ < t ri u I
clear, clarus, -a, -um^ /'i f^'^' .-U-ivil)
cloak, palla, -ae. f. /f t^* ^ « ' '= • '^
clothing, vestis, -is. ' ' ' ' ^ ' .>;^' ^'
cold, frigus, -oris. -'^^- ,i-'f'M;!"'i /)V(.b
Colossus, Colossui,-4i i= '^f 1 ' jnj.^ib
come, venio, 4; come t4, adVefni^^/^
compan|oni^bo|n«s,rriti^. i^ ^hjo i/nb
compel, cogo, 3; compelljo, 3.
conquer, vinco, 3. .
consul, consul, -ulis.
.ceppei^'^e», aette. t^- -^- ' ^ ' -^ '^ ■ J '>n ''^^
Corinth, Corinthus, -T. '"^'
Coriolanus, Coriolanus, 4r -^ "' ' • ' *'*
Corioli, Corioli, -orumi^ - '^ " ^ ^' * ' ' '^
Cornelius, Cornelius, -1. ^ . ' ' ^' *'
cottage, casa, -ae. " ' ' f " ^ " ,y i ii • -^
-twintry;jtfeeWa^ -ad^^^ '"^ -'-'^- '"'''^*.^^'^
courage, vift«tsj'4tisj ^ft^Ait^Wj^^ttlS
course, cursus, -us.
,xf- ,/ini \ .bfi'j
crack, rima, -ae. . ti - ,«u^ - n f , ( ^ v\
cross-over, trans(«9-, 4< -'^■ui'») ,011 ins
crowd, caterva^'ifte»^ ' ' >•'] .Koitiv.iino
crown, corona, -ae.' J- -'''i^ xn^-jdqA
1/6
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
cniel, crQdelis, -e.
cultivate, cold, 3.
currant, baca, -ae.
curse, nudedlcd, 3.
Danes, DSnl, -onim.
danger, periculum, -I.
daughter, f Ilia, -ae.
day, dies, -el.
dear, dlros, -a, -um.
decemvir, decemvir, -I.
deed, factum, -I.
deep, altus, -a, -um.
deprive, privo, i.
determine, cdnstituS, 3.
die, morior.
dike, tumulus, -1.
dinner, cena, -ae.
ditch, fossa, -ae.
divide, divido, 3.
do, ago, 3; facio, 3.
dog, canis, -is.
dove, columba, -ae.
dream, somnium, •!.
drink, bibo, 3.
drive out, eiciS, 3; expelld, 3.
eager, avidus, «a, -um; cupidus, -a,
-um.
ear, auris, -is.
earth, terra, -ae.
eat, edo, 3.
eighty, octSgintl.
either, aut; either . . . or,aut . . . aut.
Slizabeth, Elisabetha, -ae.
end, finis, -is.
enemy (^personal), miimcus, A; {pud-
he), bostis, -is.
entire, totus, -a, -um.
entreaties, preces, -um.
Ephesus, Ephesus, -!.
equal, par, paris.
especially, maxime.
evening, vesper, -erl.
ever, umquam.
everywhere, ubique.
excel, praecedo, 3.
exile, exsul, -ulis.
exile (abstract^ ezsilium, •!.
expel, eicid, 3.
face, facies, -CI.
faith, 6des, -el.
fall, cado, 3.
famous, clams, -a, -um.
farmer, agricola, -ae.
father, pater, -tris.
fatherland, patria, -ae.
fear, »., timor, -oris; v., timed, 2.
feast, epulae, -arum.
feed, igiacb, 3.
feel, sentiS, 4. ^
few, paucus, -a, -um.
field, ager, -gri.
fight. If., pugna, -ae; v., pugnS, i.
fill up, compleo, 2.
find out, experior, 4.
fine, bonus, -a, •um.
finish, f mid, 4.
fire, n.. Ignis, -is; set fire to, incen*
do. 3.
firm, firmus, -a, -um.
first, primus, -a, -um.
flatterer, adsentator, -drii.
flee, fugio, 3.
fleet, classis, -is.
flight, fuga, -ae.
fond of, cupidus, -a, -um ; amans.
food, cibus, -1.
foolish, stultus, -a, -um; vanus, -a,
-um.
foot, pes, pedis,
footsoldier, pedes, peditis.
for, conj., nam, enim; prep,, pro, w.
abL; often expressed by doHve,
ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
177
forest, silva, -ae.
formerly, olim.
fort, castrum, -1 {usually only in plu-
ral; see camp).
for-the-sake-of, causa, preceded by
genitive.
France, Gallia, -ae.
Frederick, Fredericus, -1.
free, adj,^ liber, -era, -erum; z/., 11-
bero, I.
friend, amicus, -i.
frighten, terreo, 2.
from {put of)^ ex, e; away from,
a, ab.
full, plenus, -a, -um.
fuU-of-care, anxius, -a, -um.
furnish, praebeo, 2.
garden, hortus, -!.
gate, porta, -ae.
Gaul (a r<?«»//7), Gallia, -ae; {a per
son)f Gallus, -1.
Geneva, Genava, -ae.
Germany, Germania, -ae.
get, obtineo, 2; sumo, 3.
gift, donum, -1; munus, -eris.
girl, puella, -ae.
give, do.
give orders to, impero, i ; iubeo, 2.
gladly, use adj.y laetus, -a, -um.
glorious, clarus, -a, -um; gloriosus,
-a, -um.
glory, gloria, -ae.
go, eo; go away, abeo; go back,
redeo.
God willing, Deo volente.
god, deus, -I.
goddess, dea, -ae.
gold, aurum, -T.
good, bonus, -a, -um.
grandfather, avus, -I.
great, magnus, -a, -um.
groan, «., gemitu3, -iis; v., gemo, 3.
EASY STEPS IN LAT. — 12
H
hand, manus, -us.
harbor, portus, -us.
harmful, malus, -a, -um.
harvest, messis, -is.
have, habeo, 2.
he, is.
head, caput, -itis.
hear, audio, 4.
help, auxilium, -1.
Henry, Henrlcus, -I.
hers, suus, -a, -um.
hide, celo, i.
high, altus, -a, -um.
hill, coUis, -is; mons, mentis.
himself, sul.
his, suus, -a, -um.
home, domus, -1; at home, domi.
honey, mel, mellis.
honor, honor, -oris.
hope, spes, -ei.
Horace, Horatius, -I.
horse, equus, -i.
hospitality, hospitium, -I.
house, domus, -us.
however, aulem, tamen.
how many, quot.
hungry, to be, esurio, 4.
hunt, «., venatio, -onis; v.^ venor, I.
husband, vir, viri; conitinx, coniugis.
hut, casa, -ae.
I, ego.
if, SI.
immediately, statim.
in, in, w. abL
inclose, includo, 3.
inhabit, incolo, 3.
in order to, ut, w. subj.
inscribe, ascrlbo, 3.
instead of, pro, w. abl,
into, in, w. ace,
island, insula, -ae.
it, id.
178
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
Italy, Italia, -ae.
its, saus, -/I, -am.
itself, suf.
James, Iac5bus, -I.
join, iungo, 3.
keep, teneo, 2.
Kent, Cantium, -!.
kid, haedus, -i.
king, rex, regis,
kingdom, regnum, •!.
know, scio, 4; cognosco, 3.
known, notus, -a, -um; c5gnitus,
•am.
lake, lacus, -Gs.
land, terra, -ae.
large, magnus, -a, -um.
laugh, rideo, 2.
lazy, piger, -gra, -grum; segnis, -e.
lead, plumbum, -i.
lead, V,, dvLco, 3.
leader, dux, duels.
leave, relinqu5, 3.
legion, legio, -onis.
letter (0/ the alphabet)^ littera, -ae;
(jipistU)f epistula, -ae; litterae,
-arum.
light, lux, lucis.
like, adj,f similis, -e; v., amo, i.
listen, v.f audi5, 4.
listener, auditor, -dris.
little^ parvus, -a, -um.
live, vivo, 3.
loaf, panis, -is.
long, longus, -a, -um.
look at, specto, i.
lose, amitto, 3.
love, amo, i.
loving, amans.
make, facio, 3.
Malta, Melita, -ae.
man, homo, -inis; vir, virT.
many, multus, -a, -um.
mark, fnslgne, -is.
Mark, Marcus, 4.
Marseilles, Massilia, -ae.
master (of slaves), dominus, -i; {of
pupils), magister, -tri.
matters, res, rei.
mention, enumero, i.
Mercury, Mercurius, -!.
message, nuntius, -i.
Messala, Messala, -ae.
midday, meridies, -ei.
military, militaris, -e.
mind, animus, -i.
mine, meus, -a, -um.
money, pecCinia, -ae.
moon, luna, -ae.
more, plus, pluris.
mother, mater, matris.
mountain, mons, montis.
move, moveo, 2.
much, adj., multus, -a, -um; aeh,,
multum.
mud, lutum, -i.
must, use gerundive, with personal
subject in the dative.
my, meus, -a, -um.
name, n,, nomen, -inis; v.^
n5, 1,
nature, natura, -ae.
near, prope.
nearly, prope, fere,
neglect, neglego, 3.
neither, nee.
new, novus, -a, -um.
night, nox, noctb.
noble, nobilis, -e.
ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
179
no business, nihil negdti.
nor, nee.
not, non; w, expressions of purpose,
ne.
not at all, minime.
nothing, nihil, -!.
Niima, Numa, -ae.
number, numerus, -1.
Numitor, Numitor, -oris.
oar, remus, -I.
obey, oboedid, 4; audio, 4.
ocean, dceanus, -1.
often, saepe.
on, in, w, abl,
once, semel, olim, aliqaando.
once upon a time, olim, aliquando.
one, Gnus, -a, -urn.
only, omnfno.
or, aut.
orator, orator, -oris.
order. /1., iussum, -T; iussus, -iis; z/.,
ittbeo, 2.
other, alius, -a, -ud; alter, altera,
alteram.
others, ceteri, -ae, -a.
our, ours, noster, -tra, -tram,
out of, ex, e.
oyer, super; trans, w, ace, ; in, z&. abL
Paris, Lutetia, -ae.
part, pars, partis.
Paul, Paulus, -1.
peace, pax, pacis.
penalty, poena, -ae.
people, populus, -!.
Philippi, PhilippI, -orum.
philosophy, philosophia, -ae.
Piso, Hs5, -onis.
place, »., locus, -T; v., loco, i.
pleasant, gratus, -a, -um.
plots, fnsidiae, -arum.
plow, aro, I.
poet, poeta, -ae.
poor, pauper, -era, -erum.
Porsenna, Porsenna, -ae.
praise, »., laus, laudis; v., laudo, i.
pray, oro, i.
prefer, mala.
present, z/., dono.
pretend, simulo, i.
priestess of Vesta, virgS (-inis) Ves-
talis (-is).
prince, princeps, -ipis.
private, privatus, -a, -um.
province, provincia, -ae.
public, piiblicus, -a, -um.
pull, torqueo, 2.
punishment, poena, -ae.
pupil, discipulus, -T.
put to flight, fug5, I.
queen, regina, -ae.
Quintus, Quintus, -I.
rain, imber, -bris.
rash, temerarius, -a, -um.
read, lego, 3.
reason, ratio, -onis.
receive, recipio, 3.
red, ruber, -bra, -bram.
refer, refero.
refined, humanus, -a, -um.
reign, regn5, i.
remain, remaneo, 2.
remove, removed, 2. -
render, reddo, 3.
reward, praemium, -T.
Rhea Silvia, Rhea Silvia, -ae.
Rhine, Rhenus, -1.
Richard, Ricardus, -!.
right, dexter, -tra, -tram.
i8o
EASY STEPS IN LATIN
rirer, flavins, -i; amnU, -is; flumen,
-inis.
river bank, rlpa, -ae.
road, via, -ae.
Robert, Robertas, -I.
Roman, Romanas, -a, -am.
Rome, R5ma, -ae.
roof, tectum, -I.
rose, rosa, -ae.
rotten, putridus, -a, -am.
rough, asper, -era, -erum.
royal, regius, -a, -am.
rule, regna, i; reg5, 3.
run, carr5, 3.
S
•ale, tutas, -a, -am.
sailor, nauta, -ae.
sake, causa, -ae.
ealuter, salutator, -oris,
salutation, salutatia, -onis.
same. Idem.
save, serv5, i.
say, dico, 3.
says, inquit.
school, ludus, -T; schola, -ae.
Scipid, Scipi5, -5nis.
sea, mare, -is.
seashore, litus, -oris,
see, video, 2.
seek, peta, 3.
seem, videor,
senate, senatus, -us.
send, mittd, 3.
set before, appono, 3.
set fire to, incendd, 3.
series, series, -eL
seven, septem.
sharp, acutus, ^a, -um.
she, ea.
sheep, ovis, -is.
shepherd, pastor, -oris.
ship, navis, -is.
shore, lltus, -oris; 5ra, -ae.
shout, clamor, -5ris.
silver, argentum, -i.
since, cum.
sing, canta, i ; cana, 3.
skilled, peritus, -a, -um.
sky, caelum, -i.
slave, servus, -I.
sleep, n,, somnus, -1; v., dormia, 4.
slippery, lubricus, -a, -um.
small, parvus, -a, -um.
so, ita, sic.
soil, macula, i.
soldier, miles, -itis.
sometimes, aliquanda, nannumquam.
son, f Ilius, -I.
song, cantus, -us.
soon, mox.
Spain, Hispania, -ae.
splendid, splendidus, -a, -um.
spoil, macula, i.
spokesman, arator, -oris.
spot, macula, I.
sprinkle, Insperga, 3.
stand, sta.
star, Stella, -ae.
state, civitas, -atis.
station, conloca, i.
stay, manea, 2.
steep, praeceps, -itis.
step, gradus, -us.
still, adv,., adhuc; conj.^ tamen.
stone, lapis, -idis.
strange, mirus, -a, -um.
street, vicus, -I.
strong, validus, -a, -um.
student, studiasus, -a, -um (littera-
rum).
study, studium, -I; v,, studils se dare.
surely, certe.
surround, circumda, i.
sword, gladius, -1.
T
table, mensa, -ae.
tail, Cauda, -ae.
take, capio, 3.
ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
l8l
take away, abduc5, 3.
take care of, cur5, i.
take the census, censum habere.
Tarquin, Tarquinius, -1.
teach, doced, 2.
teacher, doctor, -oris; magister, -tri.
tell, narrd, i.
temple, templum, -i.
territory, fines, -ium.
than, quam.
that, is, ea, id.
the, article not expressed in Latin,
themselves, suT.
"Uieir, suus, -a, -um.
then, tarn.
there, ibi.
there is, est.
there are, sunt.
therefore, quare, igitur.
thing, res, rel.
think, puto, i.
this, hic, haec, hoc.
thou, tu.
three, tres.
throne, solium, -T.
Tiber, Tiber, -eris.
tide, aestus, -us.
time, tempus, -oris.
timid, timidus, -a, -um.
to, ad, w. acct expressing purpose ; ut,
w, subj.
to-day, hodie.
to-morrow, eras.
torment, torqueo, 2.
toward, ad, w. ace,
tower, turris, -is.
town, oppidum, -1.
train, exerceo, 2.
traveler, viator, -oris,
tree, arbor, -oris.
troops, copiae, -arum,
trouble, vexo, i.
trumpet, tuba, -ae.
try, Conor, i.
TulliA, TuUia, -ae.
twenty, viginG.
twin, geminus, -T.
two, duo, -ae, -6.
under, sub, w, ace, or abU
use, iitor.
use, iisus, -us.
Virginius, Verginius, -I.
very, use superlative of the adjectiv
or adverb,
very hun^gry, to be, esurio.
Vestal, Vestalis, -is.
Veturia, Veturia, -ae.
Victor, Victor, -oris.
Victoria, Victoria, -ae.
victory, victoria, -ae.
Virgil, Vergilius, -T.
Volscians, VolscI, -orum.
Volumnia, Volumnia, -ae.
W
wagon, carrus, -T.
walk, ambulo, i.
wall, murus, -1.
war, bellum, -I.
warn, moned.
wasp, vespa, -ae.
water, aqua, -ae.
wave, unda, -ae.
wax, cera, -ae.
way, via, -ae.
wear, gero, 3.
weep, lacrim5, i.
well, bene.
were, sum, esse, fui.
what, quid or quod,
when, quando.
which, quis, qui.
white, albus, -a, -um.
who, quis, qui.
1 82
EASY STEPS m LATIN
whole, t5tus, -a, -um.
why, cfir.
wicked, scelestus, -a, -am.
wide, latus, -a, -um.
wife, uxor, -oris,
wild, saevos, -a, -am.
William, Guilielmus, •!.
willing, volens.
wind, ventus, -i.
wine, vinum, •!.
wise, sapiens,
wish, volo, velle, volul.
with, cam.
within, intri, w, ace.
witty, facetus, -a, -am.
wolf, /w., lupus, -i; /, lupa, -ac.
woman, virg5, -inis; femina, -ae.
wonderful, mirus, -a, -am; mlrftbilis,
-c.
word, Terbom, -L
work, labor, -5ri8.
workman, opifex, -ids.
wound, vulnerd, i.
wreath, corona, -ae.
wretch, sceleratus, -T.
wretched, miser, -era, -enun.
write, scrfbo, 3.
year, annus, -I.
yes, immo, ver5.
yet, tamen.
you, til, yds.
young, iuvenis.
younger, iunior, -oris.
your(s), tuus, -a, -um; Tester, -tra,
-trum.
youth, iuvenis.
Latin Prose Writing
WITH FULL INTRODUCTORY NOTES ON IDIOM
By MAURICE W. MATHER, Ph.D.
Formerly Instructor in Latin in Harvard University
and ARTHUR L. WHEELER, Ph.D.
Instructor in Latin in Yale University
Half Leather, 12mo, 216 pages Price $1.00
The present book furnishes all the essential material for the writing
of average passages in Latin Prose. It is not intended to teach how
to write isolated sentences, illustrative of given constructions, but the
book assumes that the pupil, after a year or more of such practice, is
ready to learn the art of writing connected narrative in Latin. The
authors have based their exercises on Caesar's Gallic War Books III
and IV, Nepos*s Alcibiades and Hannibal, and Cicero's Manilian Law
and Archias, inasmuch as these are not only models of good style, but
are usually read in schools. As the book is not for beginners, the
individual exercises have not been made vehicles for teaching any one
or two constructions, but the authors have felt at liberty to introduce
at any time even the more difficult constructions ; indirect discourse,
for instance, being taken up at the very beginning.
While, in general, the vocabulary and the constructions for any
exercise are supplied in the Latin text on which the given exercise is
based, yet enough variation from the language of the model is required
to give the pupil abundant practice in handling forms and constructions.
By this means the pupil's power of observation is increased, his interest
is quickened by the pleasure of discovery, and he will remember the
word much better than if he found it ready at hand in a dictionary.
A number of recent examination papers from various colleges have
been inserted in the belief that they will be found useful for sight tests
and occasional examinations. The notes accompanying some of the
papers belong to the original examinations. At the end of the book are
indexes of words and constructions, and of English words and phrases
with references to sections of the Notes on Idiom in Part I.
Copies sent^ prepaid^ to any address on receipt of the price,
American Book Company
New York ♦ Cincinnati ♦ Chicago
(Ml)
Harkness's New Latin Grammars
A COMPLETE LATIN GRAMMAR
Cloth-leather binding. i2mo, 464 pages . . . . $1.25
A SHORT LATIN GRAMMAR
Cloth-leather binding. i2mo, 254 pages 80
By Albert Harkness, Ph.D., LL.D., Professor Emeritus in
Brown University.
These new text-books are the crowning triumph of a life-work which
has made the name of their author familiar to classical scholars and
teachers everywhere. They represent the latest advances in philological
science, and embody the results of the author's large experience in
teaching and of his own linguistic studies, together with the suggestions
and advice of eminent German specialists in the field of Historical and
Comparative Grammar. The peculiar qualities of simplicity, clearness,
and adaptation of treatment to the practical needs of the student and of
the class room, — qualities that have always characterized the Harkness
Grammars, — have been preserved and even intensified in these new books.
The Complete Latin Grammar is designed at once as a text-book
for the class room and a book of reference for the student. It aims not
only to present systematically for the benefit of the beginner the lead-
ing facts and laws of the Latin language, but also to provide accurately
for the needs of the advanced student.
The Short Latin Grammar is published for the benefit of those who
prefer to begin with a more elementary manual, or those who do not
contemplate a collegiate course. In the preparation of this work the
convenience and interest of the student have been carefully consulted.
The paradigms, rules, and discussions have in general been introduced
in the exact form and language of the Complete Latin Grammar by
which it may at any time be supplemented. The numbering of the
sections in the two books is also alike.
Copies of the books will be sent^ prepaid^ to any address on receipt of the
price by the Publishers:
American Book Company
New York ♦ Cincinnati ♦ Chicago
(«37)
HARKNESS AND FORBES'S
Caesar's Commentaries
on the Gallic War
With Introduction, Notes, and Vocabulary. By ALBERT HARKNESS, Ph. D., LL.D.,
Professor Emeritus in Brown University. Assisted by CHARLES H. FORBES, A.B.,
Professor of Latin in Phillips Academy, Andover, Mass.
Price, $1.25
THIS WORK is preeminently a student's edition of Caesar's Commentaries
on the Gallic War, and has been prepared with special reference to the
present needs of preparatory and secondary schools. While it is remark-
able for its simplicity, yet it contains everything which is needed for studying the
author. Attention is called particularly to the following special features of the
book:
1. This edition is furnished with an Introduction containing an outline
of the life of Caesar, a description in brief of the scenes of his military operations
in Gaul, Germany, and Britain, and a short treatise on the military system
of the Romans, together with a list of valuable works on subjects treated in the
Introduction.
2. The text is chiefly that of the critical edition of H. Meusel, Berlin,
1894, now quite generally accepted as the standard. Each important chapter
begins with a brief summary in English.
3. The notes arc intended to guide the faithful efforts of the student and
to interest him in the stirring events recorded in the Commentaries. Special atten-
tion has been given to the difficult subjects of the subjunctive mood and of the
indirect discourse.
4. The voca biliary gives special attention to etymology, but the treat-
ment is made as simple as possible with the sole aim cf aiding the student in
understanding and appreciating the significant elements of words. The important
subject of idioms and phrases receives due attention.
5. The iilustrations are entirely appropriate and unlike those in most
other works of a similar nature. They have in no instance been introduced merely
for purposes of decoration. Among the most striking features of the work are the
nine colored plates illustrative of the military system of the Romans, which have
been made only after consultation with the highest authorities, and are here repro-
duced in their natural colors. Besides these, there are many other illustrations,
eleven plans of battles, seven campaign maps, and a general map of Gaul.
AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY
(157) PUBLISHERS
REVISED EDITION
VIRGIL'S AENEID
With an Introduction, Notes, and Vocabulary by HENRY S. FRIEZE»
late Professor of Latin in the University of Michigan. Revised by
WALTER DENNISON, Professor of Latin in the University of
Michigan.
First Six Books . • • • |1.30 Complete |L50
CompleU Text Edition fOJO
This Work differs in many respects from the former edition. Such
changes and alterations have been introduced as are necessary to
make the book conform to modem demands, and many important addi-
tions have also been made.
The Introduction has been enkrged by the addition of sections
on the life and writings of Virgil, the plan of the Aeneid, the meter,
manuscripts, editions, and helpful books of reference.
The Text has been corrected to conform to the readings that have
become established, and the spelling's are in accord with the evidence of
inscriptions of the first century A.D. To meet the need of early
assistance in reading the verse metrically, the long vowels in the first two
books are fully indicated.
The Notes have been thoroughly revised and largely added to. The
old grammar references are corrected and new ones (to Harkness's
Complete, Lane & Morgan's, and Bennett's Grammars) added. The
literary appreciation of the poet is increased by parallel quotations
from English literature. The irregularities of scansion in each book
are also given with sufficient explanations.
The Vocubulary has been made as simple as possible and includes
only those words occurring in the Aeneid. The parts of compound
words are not indicated separately when they appear unmodified in
the compound form. The principal parts of verbs are given which are
understood to be in actual use.
The Illustrations for the most part are new and fresh, and have
been selected with great care with a view to assisting directly in the
interpretation of the text. There are also maps showing the wan-
derings of Aeneas, the vicinity of Cumae, and pre-historic Rome,
and a full-page facsimile of one of the best manuscripts of Virgil, the
Codex Palatinus.
American Book Company, Publishers
(956)
A Term of Ovid
Edited by CLARENCE W. GLEASON, A.M. (Harvard)
Of Roxbury Latin School
Cloth, 12mo, 209 pages. With Notes and Illustrations. Price, 75 cents
TEN STORIES FROM THE METAMORPHOSES
I. Atalanta's Last Race. II. Pyranriusand Thisbe. III. Apollo's Un-
requited Love for Daphne. IV. How Phaethon Drove His Father's
Chariot. V. The Death of Orpheus. VI. The Touch of Gold. VII.
Philenrion and Baucis. VIII. The Impiety and Punishment of Niobe.
IX. The Flood. X. Perseus and Andromeda.
This book is designed to meet the needs of students
pursuing Latin Courses (i) in which but a single term is
given to the study of Ovid ; (2) in which this author is
not taken up until after Vergil or Cicero ; (3) or in which
Ovid has not hitherto been included among the school
texts read. It is believed that the book will be found a
natural and easy link between the prose of the second or
third year and the beginning of Vergil.
The first three stories are accompanied by a parallel
vecsion in the order of ordinary Latin prose with the
quantities marked.
The divisions into feet and the caesuras are indicated
in the first hundred lines by an unobtrusive but effective
device, in order to facilitate the acquisition of the art of
scansion, which is sometimes difficult.
The text is accompanied by synonyms, both of words
not usual in prose and of common words in extraordinary
uses. The notes are full, and are designed to meet the
actual needs of the student.
The book contains a complete vocabulary with refer-
ences to the text by lines.
Copies senty prepaid^ to any address on receipt of the price,
American Book Company
New York ♦ Cincinnati ♦ Chicago
(264)
Latin Dictionaries
HARPER'S LATIN DICTIONARY
Founded on the translation of ** Freand's Latin-German Lexicon.'*
Edited by E. A. Andrews, LL.D. Revised, Enlarged, and in great
part Rewritten by Charlton T. Lewis, Ph.D., and Charles
Short, LL.D.
Royal Octavo, 2030 pages . Sheep. $6.50 ; Full Russia, $10 00
The translation of Dr. Freund*s great Latin-German Lexicon,
edited by the late Dr. E. A. Andrews, and published in 1850, has been
from that time in extensive and satisfactory use throughout England and
America. Meanwhile great advances have been made in the science on
which lexicography depends. The present work embodies the latet^t
advances in philological study and research, and is in every respect the
most complete and satisfacto^ Latin Dictionary published.
LEWIS'S LATIN DICTIONARY FOR SCHOOLS
By Charlton T. Lewis, Ph.D.
Large Octavo, 1200 pages . Cloth, $4 50 ; Half Leather, $5.00
This dictionary is not an abridgment, but an entirely new and inde-
pendent work, designed to include all of the student's needs, after
acquiring the elements of grammar, for the interpretation of the Latin
authors commonly read in school.
LEWIS'S ELEMENTARY LATIN DICTIONARY
By Charlton T. Lewis, Ph.D.
Crown Octavo, 952 pages. Half Leather .... $2.00
This work is sufficiently full to meet the needs of students in
secondary or preparatory schools, and also in the first and second years'
work in colleges.
SMITH'S ENGLISH-LATIN DICTIONARY
A Complete and Critical English-Latin Dictionary. By William
Smith, LL.D., and Theophilus D. Hall, M.A., Fellow of Uni-
versity College, London. With a Dictionary of Proper Names.
Royal Octavo, 765 pages. Sheep $4.00
Copies ient^ prepaid^ to any address on receipt of the price»
American Book Company
New York ♦ Cincinnati ♦ Chicago
(278)
Latin Literature of the Empire
Selected and Edited with Revised Texts and Brief Introductions
By ALFRED GUDEMAN, Ph.D.
Associate Professor of Classical Philology, University of Pennsylvania
In Two Volumes. Cloth, 12mo. Per Volume. $1.80
Vol. I — Prose. Selections from Velleius, Curtius, Seneca Rhetor,
Justinus (Trogus Pompeius), Seneca, Petronius, including Cena
Trimalchionis, Pliny the Elder, Quintilian. Tacitus, Pliny the
Younger, Suetonius, Minucius Felix Octavius, Apuleius — Ammianus
Marcellinus, and Boethius.
Vol. II — Poetry. Pseudo Vergiliana, Aetna, Manilius, Calpumius,
Nemesianus, Phaedrus, Lucan, Valerius Flaccus, Seneca, the
Octavia (anonymous), Persius, Statins, Silius Italicus, Martial,
Juvenal, Pervigilium Veneris, Ausonius, and Claudianus.
The works of Latin Literature of the post-Augustan
period have hitherto, with a few notable exceptions, been
virtually excluded from the classical curricula of colleges
and universities.
The present collection has been made primarily for the
use of students in higher classes in colleges. The selec-
tions will be found useful as collateral reading in con-
nection with lectures on classical literature, and will also
furnish suitable material for sight reading.
The selections themselves contain nothing that is not
eminently worthy of perusal. They are in every case
sufficiently extensive to give a continuous and coherent
story, which at the same time exhibits the author at his
best. The text follows the best modern editions, the
deviations from the standard texts being briefly recorded
in critical appendices.
Copies senty prepaid^ to any address on receipt of the price,
American Book Company
New York ♦ Cincinnati ♦ Chicago
The First Greek Book
By clarence W. GLEASON. A.M.
Master in the Roxbury Latin School
AND
CAROLINE STONE ATHERTON. A.M.
Late of the Roxbury Latin School
WITH AN INTRODUCTION
By WILLIAM C. COLLAR. A.M.
Cloth, 12mo, 299 pages Price, $1.00
This First Greek Book from its logical sequence of
subjects, its clearness and conciseness of statement^ and
its freedom from unnecessary details, will appeal to ^oth
teacher and pupil. Believing that the true aim of Greek
study is the development of the power. to read Greek, the
pupil is introduced at an early stage to practice in the
translation of a continuous text, including dialogues,
fables, and reading exercises.
The English-Greek exercises have been made sub-
ordinate to the sentences to be translated into English,
as that will be the pupil's main work in the study of Gi:eek.
An effort has been made throughout to give continuity to
the exercises for translation, and at the same time to fix
meanings and constructions by frequent repetition and
occasional review lessons.
The book is fully illustrated and contains in addition
to the reading exercises given in the body of the book
selections from the Anabasis, Hellenica, Cyropaedia, and
Memorabilia, an Appendix containing in compendious form
for reference the rules of euphony and syntax and the
paradigms of declension and conjugation given in the
regular lessons. Altogether, the book is complete, concise,
interesting, and practical, and one which teachers can use
successfully with any class of beginners.
Copies seni^ prepaid^ to any address on receipt of the price.
American Book Company
New York ♦ Cincinnlati ♦ Chicago
(aSa)
Pearson's Greek Prose Composition
By henry CARR PEARSON, A.B. (Harvard)
Flexible Binding, 12mo, 187 pages .... Price, 90 cent»
The purpose of this book is to combine a thorough and
systematic study of the essentials of Greek syntax with
abundant practice in translating connected Idiomatic
English into Greek, and to afford constant practice in
writing Greek at sight.
Part I contains, in graded lessons, the principal points
of Greek syntax which require especial emphasis in Second
Year Greek. These lessons are designed to serve as a
partial review of the first year's work and as an intro-
duction to the composition work in connection with the
reading of Xenophon's Anabasis.
Part II contains short, simple English sentences, based
on Books I-IV of the Anabasis, designed to be used in
connection with the reading of the text.
Part III contains connected English prose, based on
Books I-IV of the Anabasis.
Review Lessons are introduced at intervals, containing
a list of the important words and an enumeration of the
principal constructions used in the preceding sentences.
The book is provided with an English-Greek Vocabulary
and contains a selection of recent college entrance exam-
ination papers in Greek prose composition, for the purpose
of supplying further material for practice and of familiar-
izing the student with the nature of the examinations set
by the various colleges.
Copies sent^ prepaid, to any address on receipt of the price.
American Book Company
New York ♦ Cincinnati ♦ Chicago
(287)
Xenophon's Anabasis
SEVEN BOOKS
EDITED BY
WILLIAM R. HARPER. Ph D., D.D., LL,D.
President of the University of Chicago
AND
JAMES WALLACE, Ph.D.
President of Macalester College, St. Paul, Minn.
Cloth, 12mo, 575 pages, with Maps, Diagrams, etc. . Price, $1.50
This edition of the Anabasis embodies all those features
which have made Harper's Classical Series so popular and
successful, and in addition possesses many other points of
special value to students of Xenophon. Apart from the
text proper the book includes a Descriptive and Historical
Introduction on Persia and Greece ; a concise life of
Xenophon; Bibliography; Itinerary; Inductive Exercises
in Greek ; Themes for Investigation ; Lists of Words ;
Idioms; Ready Reference Tables, giving inflections of
various parts of speech, including paradigms of Infinitives,
Participles, and, Irregular Verbs ; and a Complete Vocab-
ulary of all the words used in the seven books.
Books I-IV are edited with full Grammatical Refer-
ences, Topics for Study, and Critical Notes.
Books V-VII are edited for Sight Reading, with sug-
gestions and foot-notes.
Copies sent^ prepaid^ to any address on receipt of the price,
American Book Company
New York ♦ Cincinnati ♦ Chicago
(293)
J^